TW202136062A - Photosensitive transfer material and method for producing circuit wiring - Google Patents

Photosensitive transfer material and method for producing circuit wiring Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202136062A
TW202136062A TW110100688A TW110100688A TW202136062A TW 202136062 A TW202136062 A TW 202136062A TW 110100688 A TW110100688 A TW 110100688A TW 110100688 A TW110100688 A TW 110100688A TW 202136062 A TW202136062 A TW 202136062A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
resin layer
photosensitive resin
mass
photosensitive
transfer material
Prior art date
Application number
TW110100688A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
松田知樹
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202136062A publication Critical patent/TW202136062A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/02Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding
    • H05K3/06Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding the conductive material being removed chemically or electrolytically, e.g. by photo-etch process

Abstract

The present disclosure provides a photosensitive transfer material that has a temporary-support body and a photosensitive resin layer which includes an alkali soluble polymer, an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing compound, and a photoinitiator, the ratio of the amount of a phenolic compound with a molecular mass of no more than 300 in the photosensitive resin layer being no higher than 300 ppm relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. The present disclosure also provides a use for the photosensitive transfer material.

Description

感光性轉印材料及電路配線的製造方法Photosensitive transfer material and manufacturing method of circuit wiring

本揭示係有關一種感光性轉印材料及電路配線的製造方法。This disclosure relates to a method for manufacturing a photosensitive transfer material and circuit wiring.

具備觸控面板(例如,靜電容型輸入裝置)之顯示裝置(例如,有機電致發光顯示裝置及液晶顯示裝置)係在觸控面板內部具有圖案狀的導電層。作為圖案狀的導電層,例如可舉出相當於視覺辨認部的感測器之電極圖案及配線(例如,周邊配線及引出配線)。A display device (for example, an organic electroluminescence display device and a liquid crystal display device) equipped with a touch panel (for example, a capacitance type input device) has a patterned conductive layer inside the touch panel. Examples of the pattern-shaped conductive layer include electrode patterns and wiring (for example, peripheral wiring and lead wiring) of the sensor corresponding to the visual recognition portion.

在形成圖案狀的導電層時,用於獲得所需圖案形狀之步驟數較少,因此廣泛採用使用感光性轉印材料之方法(例如,專利文獻1)。例如,使用感光性轉印材料在基板上設置感光性樹脂層,接著,經由具有所期望的圖案之遮罩對上述感光性樹脂層進行曝光之後,進行顯影及蝕刻處理,藉此能夠形成圖案狀的導電層。When forming a patterned conductive layer, the number of steps for obtaining a desired pattern shape is small, and therefore a method using a photosensitive transfer material is widely used (for example, Patent Document 1). For example, a photosensitive resin layer is provided on a substrate using a photosensitive transfer material, and then the photosensitive resin layer is exposed through a mask having a desired pattern, and then developed and etched to form a pattern.的conductive layer.

[專利文獻1]日本特開2019-128445號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-128445

然而,在蝕刻處理中,存在如下問題:因側蝕而使金屬之類的被處理物中的必要部分亦被去除。側蝕是指如下現象:藉由蝕刻處理進行之被處理物的加工(亦即,去除)不僅在被處理物的深度方向(亦即,被處理物的厚度方向)上進展,而且還在與被處理物的深度方向正交之方向上進展。如上問題係例如會導致經蝕刻處理而得之圖案的尺寸精度降低。因此,要求減少側蝕的進展量(以下,稱為“側蝕量”。)。However, in the etching process, there is a problem in that necessary parts of the object to be processed such as metals are also removed due to side etching. Undercutting refers to the phenomenon that the processing (ie, removal) of the processed object by etching treatment not only progresses in the depth direction of the processed object (that is, the thickness direction of the processed object), but also The depth direction of the object to be processed progresses in a direction orthogonal to the depth direction. The above problem is that, for example, the dimensional accuracy of the pattern obtained by the etching process will decrease. Therefore, it is required to reduce the amount of progress of undercutting (hereinafter referred to as "amount of undercutting").

又,在使用感光性轉印材料之圖案形成方法中,有時會將藉由貼合感光性轉印材料和基板而得之積層體放置任意時間。其結果,從貼合感光性轉印材料和基板之後至下一加工階段(例如,曝光)的時間(以下,稱為“層合後的持續放置時間”。)有時會變長。又,隨著層合後的持續放置時間變長,側蝕量係趨於增加。In addition, in the pattern forming method using the photosensitive transfer material, the laminate obtained by bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate may be left for an arbitrary period of time. As a result, the time (hereinafter, referred to as “continuous standing time after lamination”) from the time after the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate are bonded to the next processing stage (for example, exposure) may become longer. In addition, as the continuous storage time after lamination becomes longer, the amount of side erosion tends to increase.

本揭示係鑑於上述情況而完成者。 本揭示的一態樣的目的為,提供一種減少伴隨層合後的持續放置時間的經過之側蝕量之感光性轉印材料。 本揭示的另一態樣的目的為,提供一種減少了伴隨層合後的持續放置時間的經過之側蝕量之電路配線的製造方法。This disclosure was completed in view of the above-mentioned circumstances. The purpose of one aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a photosensitive transfer material that reduces the amount of undercut that accompanies the continuous standing time after lamination. The purpose of another aspect of the present disclosure is to provide a method for manufacturing circuit wiring that reduces the amount of undercut that accompanies the continuous placement time after lamination.

本揭示係包括以下態樣。 <1>一種感光性轉印材料,其係具有:偽支撐體;及含有鹼可溶性高分子、含乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物及光聚合起始劑之感光性樹脂層,上述感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例相對於上述感光性樹脂層的總質量為300ppm以下。 <2>如<1>所述之感光性轉印材料,其中上述酚性化合物的含有比例相對於上述感光性樹脂層的總質量為200ppm以下。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之感光性轉印材料,其中上述酚性化合物的含有比例相對於上述感光性樹脂層的總質量為100ppm以下。 <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之感光性轉印材料,其中上述酚性化合物含有由下述式(1)表示之酚性化合物。This disclosure includes the following aspects. <1> A photosensitive transfer material comprising: a pseudo support; and a photosensitive resin layer containing an alkali-soluble polymer, an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing compound, and a photopolymerization initiator, the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer The content ratio of the phenolic compound having a medium molecular weight of 300 or less is 300 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. <2> The photosensitive transfer material according to <1>, wherein the content of the phenolic compound is 200 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. <3> The photosensitive transfer material according to <1> or <2>, wherein the content of the phenolic compound is 100 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. <4> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the phenolic compound contains a phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1).

[化學式1]

Figure 02_image001
[Chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image001

式(1)中,R1 、R2 、R3 、R4 及R5 係分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數為1~6之烷基、羥基或碳數為1~6之烷氧基。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之感光性轉印材料,其中上述酚性化合物含有選自由以下酚性化合物組成之群組中之至少一種:由下述式(1-1)表示之酚性化合物、由下述式(1-2)表示之酚性化合物、由下述式(1-3)表示之酚性化合物、由下述式(1-4)表示之酚性化合物及由下述式(1-5)表示之酚性化合物。In formula (1), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons . <5> The photosensitive transfer material according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the phenolic compound contains at least one selected from the group consisting of the following phenolic compounds: 1-1) Phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1-2), phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1-3), represented by the following formula (1-4) The phenolic compound and the phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1-5).

[化學式2]

Figure 02_image003
[Chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image003

<6>一種電路配線的製造方法,其係包括:準備依序具有基材、導電層及使用<1>至<5>之任一項所述之感光性轉印材料形成之樹脂圖案之積層體之步驟;及對在上述積層體中存在於未配置上述樹脂圖案之區域之上述導電層進行蝕刻處理之步驟。 [發明效果]<6> A method of manufacturing circuit wiring, including: preparing a laminate having a substrate, a conductive layer, and a resin pattern formed using the photosensitive transfer material described in any one of <1> to <5> in this order And the step of etching the conductive layer in the area where the resin pattern is not arranged in the laminated body. [Effects of the invention]

依據本揭示的一態樣,提供一種減少伴隨層合後的持續放置時間的經過之側蝕量之感光性轉印材料。 依據本揭示的另一態樣,提供一種減少了伴隨層合後的持續放置時間的經過之側蝕量之電路配線的製造方法。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a photosensitive transfer material is provided that reduces the amount of undercut that accompanies the continuous placement time after lamination. According to another aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a method for manufacturing circuit wiring that reduces the amount of undercut that accompanies the continuous placement time after lamination.

以下,對本揭示的實施形態進行詳細說明。本揭示係不受以下實施形態的任何限制,可以在本揭示的目的的範圍內適當加以變更來實施。圖式中的尺寸比率未必是表示實際的尺寸比率者。Hereinafter, an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described in detail. This disclosure is not limited to the following embodiments at all, and can be implemented with appropriate changes within the scope of the purpose of this disclosure. The size ratio in the drawing does not necessarily indicate the actual size ratio.

在本揭示中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍表示分別包括記載於“~”的前後之數值作為下限值及上限值之範圍。在本揭示中階段性地記載之數值範圍內,以某一數值範圍記載之上限值或下限值可以替換成其他階段性地記載之數值範圍的上限值或下限值。又,在本揭示中記載之數值範圍內,以某一數值範圍記載之上限值或下限值亦可以替換成實施例中示出之值。In the present disclosure, the numerical range indicated by "~" means a range that includes the numerical values described before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit, respectively. In the numerical range described stepwise in this disclosure, the description of the upper limit or lower limit in a certain numerical range can be replaced with the upper limit or lower limit of another numerical range described stepwise. In addition, in the numerical range described in this disclosure, the upper limit or the lower limit described in a certain numerical range can also be replaced with the values shown in the examples.

在本揭示中,在組成物中存在複數個與各成分對應的物質之情況下,若無特別說明,則組成物中的各成分的量意味著存在於組成物中之複數個物質的總量。In the present disclosure, when there are plural substances corresponding to each component in the composition, unless otherwise specified, the amount of each component in the composition means the total amount of the plural substances present in the composition .

在本揭示中,關於術語“步驟”,不僅包括獨立的步驟,即使在無法與其他步驟明確地區分之情況下,只要可實現步驟所期望的目的,則亦包括在本術語中。In the present disclosure, the term "step" includes not only independent steps, but even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the intended purpose of the step can be achieved, it is also included in this term.

在本揭示中,“質量%”與“重量%”為相同含義,“質量份”與“重量份”為相同含義。In this disclosure, "mass%" and "weight%" have the same meaning, and "parts by mass" and "parts by weight" have the same meaning.

在本揭示中,兩個以上的較佳之態樣的組合為更佳之態樣。In the present disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred aspects is a better aspect.

在本揭示中,未記載取代及未取代之基(原子團)係包括不具有取代基之基及具有取代基之基。例如,“烷基”一詞不僅包括不具有取代基之烷基(亦即,未取代烷基),還包括具有取代基之烷基(亦即,取代烷基)。In the present disclosure, groups (atomic groups) that are not described as being substituted and unsubstituted include groups having no substituents and groups having substituents. For example, the term "alkyl" includes not only an unsubstituted alkyl group (that is, an unsubstituted alkyl group), but also an alkyl group with a substituent (that is, a substituted alkyl group).

在本揭示中,“(甲基)丙烯酸”意味著丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸或丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸這兩者。In the present disclosure, “(meth)acrylic acid” means acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, or both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.

在本揭示中,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”意味著丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基或丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基這兩者。In the present disclosure, “(meth)acryloyl group” means an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, or both an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group.

在本揭示中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”意味著丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯這兩者。In the present disclosure, “(meth)acrylate” means acrylate, methacrylate, or both acrylate and methacrylate.

在本揭示中,“鹼可溶性”意味著在22℃的液體溫度下在碳酸鈉的水溶液(100g、碳酸鈉的濃度:1質量%)中的溶解度為0.1g以上的性質。In the present disclosure, "alkali solubility" means the property that the solubility in an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate (100 g, sodium carbonate concentration: 1% by mass) at a liquid temperature of 22° C. is 0.1 g or more.

在本揭示中,化學構造式係有時會以省略氫原子之構造式記載。In the present disclosure, the chemical structural formula is sometimes described as a structural formula in which the hydrogen atom is omitted.

在本揭示中,若無特別說明,則“曝光”不僅包括使用光之曝光,還包括使用粒子束(例如,電子束及離子束)之描繪。作為用於曝光之光,例如可舉出活化光線(亦稱為活性能量射線。)。作為活化光線,例如可舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV(Extreme ultraviolet lithography)光)及X射線。In the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light, but also depiction using particle beams (for example, electron beams and ion beams). As the light used for exposure, for example, active light (also called active energy ray) can be cited. Examples of the activating light include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, extreme ultraviolet light represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet (EUV (Extreme ultraviolet lithography) light), and X-rays.

在本揭示中,若無特別說明,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)係藉由示差折射計檢測THF(四氫呋喃)中的化合物,並藉由使用管柱“TSKgel GMHxL”、“TSKgel G4000HxL”及“TSKgel G2000HxL”(皆為TOSOH CORPORATION製商品名)之凝膠滲透層析(GPC:Gel Permeation Chromatography)分析裝置將聚苯乙烯用作標準物質來換算出之分子量。In the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified, the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and number-average molecular weight (Mn) are used to detect compounds in THF (tetrahydrofuran) with a differential refractometer, and by using the column "TSKgel GMHxL", "TSKgel G4000HxL" and "TSKgel G2000HxL" (both are the trade names of TOSOH CORPORATION) gel permeation chromatography (GPC: Gel Permeation Chromatography) analyzer uses polystyrene as a standard substance to convert the molecular weight.

在本揭示中,“固體成分”意味著從對象物的所有成分去除溶劑之成分。In the present disclosure, "solid content" means a component in which the solvent is removed from all components of the object.

<感光性轉印材料> 本揭示之感光性轉印材料係具有:偽支撐體;及含有鹼可溶性高分子、含乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物及光聚合起始劑之感光性樹脂層,上述感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例相對於上述感光性樹脂層的總質量為300ppm以下。依據本揭示之感光性轉印材料,可減少伴隨層合後的持續放置時間的經過之側蝕量。<Photosensitive transfer material> The photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure has: a pseudo support; and a photosensitive resin layer containing an alkali-soluble polymer, an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing compound, and a photopolymerization initiator. The molecular weight of the photosensitive resin layer is The content ratio of the phenolic compound of 300 or less is 300 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. According to the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure, it is possible to reduce the amount of side erosion accompanying the elapse of the continuous standing time after lamination.

推測本揭示之感光性轉印材料發揮上述效果之理由係如下。在感光性轉印材料的感光性樹脂層中低分子的酚性化合物的含有比例較大之情況下,例如,若金屬和感光性樹脂層藉由貼合被金屬(例如,銅)覆蓋之基材和感光性轉印材料而接觸,則低分子的酚性化合物係會因與金屬之間的相互作用而偏在於金屬的附近。低分子的酚性化合物的偏在係隨著層合後的持續放置時間的經過而進展,在感光性樹脂層中尤其阻礙具有光硬化性之感光性樹脂層的反應性。若對具有光硬化性之感光性樹脂層進行曝光,則會降低存在較多酚性化合物之區域、亦即與金屬接觸之感光性樹脂層的表面附近的區域的聚合率,從而降低被曝光之感光性樹脂層和金屬的密接性。認為其結果,在蝕刻處理中,會促進與用作保護膜之感光性樹脂層的硬化物接觸之金屬的去除,從而增加側蝕量。另一方面,在本揭示之感光性轉印材料中,感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物為300ppm以下,因此能夠抑制由低分子的酚性化合物的偏在引起之感光性樹脂層的聚合率的降低。再者,認為分子量為300以下之酚性化合物係膜中的運動性特別高的物質。因此,依據本揭示之感光性轉印材料,可減少伴隨層合後的持續放置時間的經過之側蝕量。進而,依據本揭示之感光性轉印材料,例如能夠有效地減少利用頻度高的銅的蝕刻處理中的側蝕量。The reason why the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure exerts the above-mentioned effects is presumed to be as follows. When the content of low-molecular phenolic compounds in the photosensitive resin layer of the photosensitive transfer material is large, for example, if the metal and the photosensitive resin layer are bonded to a base covered by a metal (for example, copper) When the material is in contact with the photosensitive transfer material, the low-molecular phenolic compound will be concentrated in the vicinity of the metal due to the interaction with the metal. The localization of the low-molecular phenolic compound progresses with the elapse of the continuous standing time after lamination, and the reactivity of the photosensitive resin layer having photocuring properties is particularly hindered in the photosensitive resin layer. If the photosensitive resin layer with photocuring properties is exposed, the polymerization rate of the area where there are more phenolic compounds, that is, the area near the surface of the photosensitive resin layer in contact with the metal, will be reduced, thereby reducing the exposure. Adhesion between the photosensitive resin layer and the metal. As a result, it is thought that the etching process promotes the removal of the metal in contact with the cured product of the photosensitive resin layer used as the protective film, thereby increasing the amount of side etching. On the other hand, in the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure, the phenolic compound with a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer is 300 ppm or less, so that the photosensitive resin layer caused by the bias of low-molecular phenolic compounds can be suppressed The reduction of the polymerization rate. In addition, it is considered that the phenolic compound film having a molecular weight of 300 or less has particularly high mobility. Therefore, according to the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure, it is possible to reduce the amount of side erosion accompanying the elapse of the continuous standing time after lamination. Furthermore, according to the photosensitive transfer material of this disclosure, for example, it is possible to effectively reduce the amount of side etching in the etching process of copper, which is frequently used.

<<構成要素>> 本揭示之感光性轉印材料係具有偽支撐體和感光性樹脂層。在上述感光性轉印材料中,感光性樹脂層係可以直接或經由任意的層積層於偽支撐體上。在上述感光性轉印材料中,可以在感光性樹脂層的與配置有偽支撐體之一側相反的一側的面上積層任意的層。作為任意的層,例如可舉出後述之其他層。以下,對本揭示之感光性轉印材料的構成要素進行具體說明。<<Elements>> The photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure has a pseudo support and a photosensitive resin layer. In the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material, the photosensitive resin layer system may be laminated on the dummy support directly or through arbitrary layers. In the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material, an arbitrary layer may be laminated on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer on the side opposite to the side on which the dummy support is arranged. As an arbitrary layer, the other layer mentioned later can be mentioned, for example. Hereinafter, the constituent elements of the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure will be specifically described.

[偽支撐體] 本揭示之感光性轉印材料係具有偽支撐體。偽支撐體係能夠從感光性轉印材料剝離之支撐體。偽支撐體係至少能夠支撐感光性樹脂層。[Pseudo support] The photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure has a pseudo support. Pseudo support system A support that can be peeled from the photosensitive transfer material. The pseudo support system can support at least the photosensitive resin layer.

偽支撐體係具有透光性為較佳。藉由偽支撐體具有透光性,在對感光性樹脂層進行曝光時,能夠經由偽支撐體對感光性樹脂層進行曝光。在本揭示中,“具有透光性”意味著用於圖案曝光之波長的光的透過率為50%以上。在偽支撐體中,從提高感光性樹脂層的曝光靈敏度之觀點出發,用於圖案曝光之波長(較佳為波長365nm)的光的透過率係60%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳。在本揭示中,“透過率”是指,在使光沿著與成為測定對象之層的主表面垂直之方向(亦即,厚度方向)入射時,通過成為測定對象之層而射出之射出光的強度與入射光的強度的比率。透過率係使用OTSUKA ELECTRONICS CO.,LTD製MCPD Series來測定。It is better for the pseudo support system to have light transmittance. Since the dummy support has translucency, when the photosensitive resin layer is exposed, the photosensitive resin layer can be exposed via the dummy support. In the present disclosure, “having translucency” means that the transmittance of light of the wavelength used for pattern exposure is 50% or more. In the pseudo support, from the viewpoint of improving the exposure sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer, the light transmittance of the wavelength (preferably 365nm) used for pattern exposure is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 70% or more. good. In the present disclosure, "transmittance" refers to the emitted light that passes through the layer to be measured when light is incident in the direction perpendicular to the main surface of the layer to be measured (that is, the thickness direction) The ratio of the intensity of the incident light to the intensity of the incident light. The transmittance was measured using MCPD Series manufactured by OTSUKA ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.

作為偽支撐體,例如可舉出玻璃基板、樹脂膜及紙。從強度、可撓性及透光性的觀點出發,偽支撐體係樹脂膜為較佳。As a dummy support body, a glass substrate, a resin film, and paper are mentioned, for example. From the viewpoints of strength, flexibility, and light transmittance, a pseudo-support system resin film is preferable.

作為樹脂膜,例如可舉出聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯膜(亦即,PET膜)、三乙酸纖維素膜、聚苯乙烯膜及聚碳酸酯膜。樹脂膜係PET膜為較佳,雙軸拉伸PET膜為更佳。Examples of resin films include polyethylene terephthalate films (that is, PET films), cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene films, and polycarbonate films. A resin film-based PET film is preferable, and a biaxially stretched PET film is more preferable.

偽支撐體的厚度係不受限制。偽支撐體的厚度係例如依據作為偽支撐體之強度、透光性、材質及貼合感光性轉印材料和基板時要求之可撓性來決定即可。偽支撐體的平均厚度係5μm~100μm為較佳。進而,從易操作性及通用性的觀點出發,偽支撐體的平均厚度係5μm~50μm為較佳,5μm~20μm為更佳,10μm~20μm為進一步較佳,10μm~16μm為特佳。The thickness of the pseudo support is not limited. The thickness of the dummy support may be determined based on, for example, the strength, light transmittance, material of the dummy support, and flexibility required when bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate. The average thickness of the pseudo support is preferably 5 μm to 100 μm. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of ease of handling and versatility, the average thickness of the pseudo support is preferably 5 μm to 50 μm, more preferably 5 μm to 20 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 20 μm, and particularly preferably 10 μm to 16 μm.

感光性轉印材料的構成要素(例如,偽支撐體及感光性樹脂層)的平均厚度係藉由以下方法測定。使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)觀察與感光性轉印材料的主表面垂直之方向(亦即,厚度方向)的剖面。依據所得之觀察圖像,測定10個作為對象之構成要素的厚度。藉由將測定值進行算術平均,求出作為對象之構成要素的平均厚度。The average thickness of the constituent elements of the photosensitive transfer material (for example, the dummy support and the photosensitive resin layer) is measured by the following method. A scanning electron microscope (SEM) was used to observe the cross section in the direction perpendicular to the main surface of the photosensitive transfer material (that is, the thickness direction). Based on the obtained observation image, the thickness of 10 target constituent elements was measured. Calculate the average thickness of the target component by averaging the measured values.

偽支撐體的配置有感光性樹脂層之一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra係0.1μm以下為較佳,0.05μm以下為更佳,0.02μm以下為特佳。算術平均粗糙度Ra的下限係不受限制。偽支撐體的配置有感光性樹脂層之一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra係例如在0μm以上的範圍內決定即可。The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the dummy support on the side where the photosensitive resin layer is arranged is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.02 μm or less. The lower limit of the arithmetic average roughness Ra is not limited. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the dummy support on the side where the photosensitive resin layer is arranged may be determined in the range of 0 μm or more, for example.

算術平均粗糙度Ra係藉由以下方法測定。使用三維光學輪廓儀(New View7300、Zygo公司製)在以下條件下獲得測定對象物的表面輪廓。作為測定及分析軟體,使用MetroPro ver8.3.2的Microscope Application。接著,使用上述軟體顯示Surface Map畫面,並在Surface Map畫面中獲得色階統計資料。從所得之色階統計資料中獲得測定對象物的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra。再者,在測定對象物的表面正與其他層的表面接觸之情況下,測定藉由從其他層剝離測定對象物而暴露之測定對象物的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra即可。The arithmetic average roughness Ra is measured by the following method. A three-dimensional optical profiler (New View 7300, manufactured by Zygo Corporation) was used to obtain the surface profile of the measurement object under the following conditions. As the measurement and analysis software, MetroPro ver8.3.2. Microscope Application is used. Then, use the above software to display the Surface Map screen, and obtain the color gradation statistics on the Surface Map screen. The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the object to be measured is obtained from the obtained gradation statistics. Furthermore, when the surface of the measurement target is in contact with the surface of another layer, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the measurement target exposed by peeling the measurement target from the other layer may be measured.

偽支撐體(尤其,樹脂膜)例如沒有變形(例如,褶皺)、刮傷及缺陷為較佳。從經由偽支撐體進行圖案曝光時的圖案形成性及偽支撐體的透明性的觀點出發,偽支撐體中所含之微粒、異物、缺陷及析出物的數量少為較佳。在偽支撐體中,直徑為1μm以上之微粒、異物及缺陷的數量係50個/10mm2 以下為較佳,10個/10mm2 以下為更佳,3個/10mm2 以下為進一步較佳,0個/10mm2 為特佳。The pseudo support (especially, the resin film) is preferably free from deformation (for example, wrinkles), scratches, and defects, for example. From the viewpoints of the patterning property during pattern exposure through the dummy support and the transparency of the dummy support, it is preferable that the number of particles, foreign substances, defects, and precipitates contained in the dummy support be small. In the pseudo support, the number of particles, foreign bodies, and defects with a diameter of 1 μm or more is preferably 50 pieces/10mm 2 or less, 10 pieces/10mm 2 or less is more preferable, and 3 pieces/10mm 2 or less is even more preferable. 0 pcs/10mm 2 is particularly good.

關於偽支撐體的較佳的態樣,例如,在日本特開2014-085643號公報的0017段~0018段、日本特開2016-027363號公報的0019段~0026段、國際公開第2012/081680號的0041段~0057段、國際公開第2018/179370號的0029段~0040段及日本特開2019-101405號公報的0012段~0032段中有所記載。該等公報的內容係藉由參閱引用於本說明書中。With regard to the preferred aspect of the pseudo support, for example, in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-085643, paragraphs 0017 to 0018, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027363, paragraphs 0019 to 0026, and International Publication No. 2012/081680 It is described in paragraphs 0041 to 0057 of No. 2018/179370, paragraphs 0029 to 0040 of International Publication No. 2018/179370, and paragraphs 0012 to 0032 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-101405. The contents of these bulletins are quoted in this manual by reference.

[感光性樹脂層] 本揭示之感光性轉印材料係具有含有鹼可溶性高分子(以下,有時稱為“聚合物A”。)、含乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(以下,有時稱為“聚合性化合物B”。)及光聚合起始劑之感光性樹脂層。上述感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物(以下,有時簡稱為“酚性化合物”。)的含有比例係相對於上述感光性樹脂層的總質量為300ppm以下。以下,對感光性樹脂層進行具體說明。[Photosensitive resin layer] The photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure has an alkali-soluble polymer (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "polymer A".) and an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing compound (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "polymerizable compound B"). ".) and the photosensitive resin layer of the photopolymerization initiator. The content ratio of a phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer (hereinafter, abbreviated as "phenolic compound" in some cases) is 300 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. Hereinafter, the photosensitive resin layer will be specifically described.

(聚合物A) 感光性樹脂層係含有鹼可溶性高分子(亦即,聚合物A)。鹼可溶性高分子係包括易溶解於鹼性物質中之高分子。(Polymer A) The photosensitive resin layer contains an alkali-soluble polymer (that is, polymer A). Alkali-soluble polymers include polymers that are easily soluble in alkaline substances.

從藉由抑制由顯影液引起之感光性樹脂層的膨潤而使解析度更加優異之觀點出發,聚合物A的酸值係250mgKOH/g以下為較佳,小於230mgKOH/g為更佳,小於210mgKOH/g為特佳。酸值的下限係不受限制。從顯影性更加優異之觀點出發,聚合物A的酸值係60mgKOH/g以上為較佳,120mgKOH/g以上為更佳,150mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳,170mgKOH/g以上為特佳。聚合物A的酸值係例如可以依據構成聚合物A之構成單元的種類及含有酸基之構成單元的含量來調整。From the viewpoint of improving the resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer caused by the developer, the acid value of polymer A is preferably 250 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably less than 230 mgKOH/g, and less than 210 mgKOH /g is especially good. The lower limit of the acid value is not limited. From the viewpoint of more excellent developability, the acid value of polymer A is preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or more, and particularly preferably 170 mgKOH/g or more. The acid value of the polymer A can be adjusted according to the type of the structural unit constituting the polymer A and the content of the structural unit containing an acid group, for example.

在本揭示中,酸值係中和試樣1g所需之氫氧化鉀的質量(mg)。在本揭示中,將酸值的單位記載為mgKOH/g。酸值係例如可以依據化合物中的酸基的平均含量來計算。In the present disclosure, the acid value is the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample. In this disclosure, the unit of acid value is described as mgKOH/g. The acid value can be calculated based on the average content of acid groups in the compound, for example.

聚合物A的重量平均分子量(Mw)係5,000~500,000為較佳。從提高解析度及顯影性之觀點出發,將重量平均分子量設為500,000以下為較佳。聚合物A的重量平均分子量係100,000以下為更佳,60,000以下為進一步較佳,50,000以下為特佳。另一方面,從控制顯影凝聚物的性狀、邊緣熔融性及切屑性之觀點出發,將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上為較佳。聚合物A的重量平均分子量係10,000以上為更佳,15,000以上為進一步較佳,20,000以上為特佳。邊緣熔融性是指,在將感光性轉印材料捲取成卷狀之情況下,感光性樹脂層容易從卷的端面溢出之程度。切屑性是指,在用切刀切斷未曝光膜之情況下,切屑容易飛濺之程度。例如,若切屑附著於感光性轉印材料的表面,則在曝光步驟中切屑轉印於遮罩,成為不良品的原因。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. From the viewpoint of improving the resolution and developability, the weight average molecular weight is preferably 500,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight of polymer A is more preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 60,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of controlling the properties, edge melting properties, and chipping properties of the developed agglomerates, it is preferable to set the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is more preferably 10,000 or more, more preferably 15,000 or more, and particularly preferably 20,000 or more. Edge melting property refers to the degree to which the photosensitive resin layer easily overflows from the end surface of the roll when the photosensitive transfer material is wound into a roll shape. The chipping property refers to the degree to which chips are easily splashed when the unexposed film is cut with a cutter. For example, if the chips adhere to the surface of the photosensitive transfer material, the chips are transferred to the mask in the exposure step, which may cause defective products.

聚合物A的分散度係1.0~6.0為較佳,1.0~5.0為更佳,1.0~4.0為進一步較佳,1.0~3.0為特佳。在本揭示中,分散度係重量平均分子量與數量平均分子量之比(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)。The dispersion degree of polymer A is preferably 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably 1.0 to 4.0, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 3.0. In the present disclosure, the degree of dispersion refers to the ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight).

從抑制曝光時焦點位置偏移時的線寬粗度及解析度的惡化之觀點出發,聚合物A係具有源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元為較佳。From the viewpoint of suppressing deterioration of the line width and resolution when the focus position is shifted during exposure, it is preferable that the polymer A has a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group.

作為芳香族烴基,例如可舉出取代或未取代的苯基及取代或未取代的芳烷基。As an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group are mentioned, for example.

聚合物A中的源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元的含有比例係相對於聚合物A的總質量為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,45質量%以上為特佳,50質量%以上為最佳。源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元的含有比例的上限係不受限制。聚合物A中的源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元的含有比例係相對於聚合物A的總質量為95質量%以下為較佳,85質量%以下為更佳。再者,在感光性樹脂層含有複數種聚合物A之情況下,源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元的含有比例係作為重量平均值求出。The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 20% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the polymer A, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass or more More preferably, 45% by mass or more is particularly preferable, and 50% by mass or more is most preferable. The upper limit of the content ratio of the constituent unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is not limited. The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 95% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the polymer A, and more preferably 85% by mass or less. In addition, when the photosensitive resin layer contains a plurality of types of polymer A, the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is calculated as a weight average value.

作為具有芳香族烴基之單體,例如可舉出具有芳烷基之單體、苯乙烯及可聚合之苯乙烯衍生物(例如,甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、第三丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、苯乙烯二聚物及苯乙烯三聚物)。具有芳香族烴基之單體係具有芳烷基之單體或苯乙烯為較佳。Examples of monomers having aromatic hydrocarbon groups include monomers having aralkyl groups, styrene, and polymerizable styrene derivatives (for example, methyl styrene, vinyl toluene, and tertiary butoxy styrene). , Acetoxy styrene, 4-vinyl benzoic acid, styrene dimer and styrene trimer). A monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a monomer having an aralkyl group or styrene is preferred.

作為芳烷基,可舉出取代或未取代的苯基烷基(苄基除外)及取代或未取代的苄基,取代或未取代的苄基為較佳。Examples of the aralkyl group include substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl groups (except for benzyl groups) and substituted or unsubstituted benzyl groups, and substituted or unsubstituted benzyl groups are preferred.

作為具有苯基烷基之單體,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苯基乙酯。As a monomer having a phenylalkyl group, for example, phenylethyl (meth)acrylate can be mentioned.

作為具有苄基之單體,可舉出具有苄基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯(例如,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯及(甲基)丙烯酸氯苄酯)、具有苄基之乙烯基單體(例如,乙烯基苄基氯及乙烯基苄基醇)。具有苄基之單體係(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯為較佳。Examples of monomers having a benzyl group include (meth)acrylates having a benzyl group (for example, benzyl (meth)acrylate and chlorobenzyl (meth)acrylate), and vinyl monomers having a benzyl group (For example, vinyl benzyl chloride and vinyl benzyl alcohol). Mono-system benzyl (meth)acrylate having a benzyl group is preferred.

在一實施形態中,在聚合物A中的源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元為源自(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元之情況下,聚合物A中的源自(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯單體之構成單元的含有比例係相對於聚合物A的總質量為50質量%~95質量%為較佳,60質量%~90質量%為更佳,70質量%~90質量%為進一步較佳,75質量%~90質量%為特佳。In one embodiment, when the structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is a structural unit derived from benzyl (meth)acrylate, the polymer A is derived from (former The content ratio of the constituent units of the benzyl acrylate monomer relative to the total mass of the polymer A is preferably 50% to 95% by mass, more preferably 60% to 90% by mass, and 70% to 90% by mass The mass% is more preferable, and 75 mass% to 90 mass% is particularly preferable.

在一實施形態中,在聚合物A中的源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元為源自苯乙烯之構成單元之情況下,聚合物A中的源自苯乙烯之構成單元的含有比例係相對於聚合物A的總質量為20質量%~70質量%為較佳,25質量%~60質量%為更佳,30質量%~60質量%為進一步較佳,30質量%~55質量%為特佳。In one embodiment, when the structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is a structural unit derived from styrene, the structural unit derived from styrene in the polymer A contains Relative to the total mass of polymer A, the ratio is preferably 20% to 70% by mass, more preferably 25% to 60% by mass, more preferably 30% to 60% by mass, and 30% to 55% by mass The quality% is particularly good.

在一實施形態中,具有源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之聚合物A係藉由聚合具有芳香族烴基之單體和選自由後述之第一單體及後述之第二單體組成之群組中之至少一種而得之共聚物為較佳。上述共聚物係具有源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元和選自由源自第一單體之構成單元及源自第二單體之構成單元組成之群組中之至少一種。In one embodiment, the polymer A having a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is formed by polymerizing a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a monomer selected from the first monomer described later and the second monomer described later A copolymer obtained from at least one of the constituent groups is preferred. The above-mentioned copolymer has a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from a first monomer and a structural unit derived from a second monomer.

在一實施形態中,聚合物A係藉由聚合後述之第一單體中的至少一種而得之聚合物為較佳,藉由聚合後述之第一單體中的至少一種和後述之第二單體中的至少一種而得之共聚物為更佳。上述共聚物係具有源自第一單體之構成單元和源自第二單體之構成單元。In one embodiment, the polymer A is preferably a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later and the second monomer described later. A copolymer obtained from at least one of the monomers is more preferable. The above-mentioned copolymer has a structural unit derived from the first monomer and a structural unit derived from the second monomer.

第一單體係在分子中具有羧基和聚合性不飽和基之單體。第一單體係亦可以為在分子中不具有芳香族烴基之單體。作為第一單體,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、反丁烯二酸、肉桂酸、巴豆酸、衣康酸、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸酐及順丁烯二酸半酯。第一單體係(甲基)丙烯酸為較佳。The first single system is a monomer having a carboxyl group and a polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. The first single system may also be a monomer that does not have an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the molecule. Examples of the first monomer include (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, and maleic acid Half ester. The first single system (meth)acrylic acid is preferred.

聚合物A中的源自第一單體之構成單元的含有比例係相對於聚合物A的總質量為5質量%~50質量%為較佳,10質量%~40質量%為更佳,15質量%~30質量%為特佳。The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the first monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% to 50% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer A, more preferably 10% to 40% by mass, 15 Mass%-30% by mass is particularly good.

第二單體係非酸性且在分子中具有至少一個聚合性不飽和基之單體。第二單體係亦可以為在分子中不具有芳香族烴基之單體。作為第二單體,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物、乙烯醇的酯化合物及(甲基)丙烯腈。在本揭示中,“(甲基)丙烯腈”包括丙烯腈、甲基丙烯腈或丙烯腈及甲基丙烯腈這兩者。The second single system is a monomer that is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. The second single system may also be a monomer that does not have an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the molecule. Examples of the second monomer include (meth)acrylate compounds, vinyl alcohol ester compounds, and (meth)acrylonitrile. In the present disclosure, "(meth)acrylonitrile" includes acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, or both acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯。Examples of the (meth)acrylate compound include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylate. ) N-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) ) Cyclohexyl acrylate and 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate.

作為乙烯醇的酯化合物,例如可舉出乙酸乙烯酯。As an ester compound of vinyl alcohol, vinyl acetate is mentioned, for example.

第二單體係選自由(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯組成之群組中之至少一種為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯為更佳。The second single system is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of methyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate and n-butyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) ) Methyl acrylate is more preferred.

聚合物A中的源自第二單體之構成單元的含有比例係相對於聚合物A的總質量為5質量%~60質量%為較佳,10質量%~50質量%為更佳,15質量%~45質量%為特佳。The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the second monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5% to 60% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer A, more preferably 10% to 50% by mass, 15 The mass %~45 mass% is particularly good.

從抑制曝光時焦點位置偏移時的線寬粗度及解析度的惡化之觀點出發,聚合物A係含有選自由源自具有芳烷基之單體之構成單元及源自苯乙烯之構成單元組成之群組中之至少一種為較佳。例如,聚合物A係選自由含有源自甲基丙烯酸之構成單元、源自甲基丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元及源自苯乙烯之構成單元之共聚物以及含有源自甲基丙烯酸之構成單元、源自甲基丙烯酸甲酯之構成單元、源自甲基丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元及源自苯乙烯之構成單元之共聚物組成之群組中之至少一種為較佳。From the viewpoint of suppressing the deterioration of the line width and resolution when the focus position is shifted during exposure, the polymer A contains a structural unit selected from a monomer having an aralkyl group and a structural unit derived from styrene At least one of the formed groups is preferable. For example, polymer A is selected from copolymers containing structural units derived from methacrylic acid, structural units derived from benzyl methacrylate, and structural units derived from styrene, and copolymers containing structural units derived from methacrylic acid, At least one of the group consisting of a copolymer derived from a structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate, a structural unit derived from benzyl methacrylate, and a structural unit derived from styrene is preferable.

在一實施形態中,聚合物A係含有25質量%~60質量%的源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元、20質量%~55質量%的源自第一單體之構成單元及15質量%~55質量%的源自第二單體之構成單元之聚合物為較佳。聚合物A係含有25質量%~40質量%的源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元、20質量%~35質量%的源自第一單體之構成單元及30質量%~45質量%的源自第二單體之構成單元之聚合物為更佳。In one embodiment, the polymer A contains 25% to 60% by mass of structural units derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, 20% to 55% by mass of structural units derived from the first monomer, and A polymer derived from the constituent unit of the second monomer in an amount of 15% by mass to 55% by mass is preferable. Polymer A contains 25% to 40% by mass of structural units derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, 20% to 35% by mass of structural units derived from the first monomer, and 30% to 45% by mass % Of the polymer derived from the constituent unit of the second monomer is more preferable.

在一實施形態中,聚合物A係含有70質量%~90質量%的源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元及10質量%~25質量%的源自第一單體之構成單元之聚合物為較佳。In one embodiment, the polymer A contains 70% to 90% by mass of constituent units derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10% to 25% by mass of constituent units derived from the first monomer. Polymers are preferred.

聚合物A係可以在側鏈具有直鏈構造、分支構造及脂環構造中的任一構造。藉由使用含有在側鏈具有分支構造之基之單體或含有在側鏈具有脂環構造之基之單體,能夠將分支構造或脂環構造導入至聚合物A的側鏈中。具有脂環構造之基係可以為單環或多環。 作為含有在側鏈具有分支構造之基之單體的具體例,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-辛酯及(甲基)丙烯酸第三辛酯等。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯為較佳,甲基丙烯酸異丙酯或甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯為更佳。 作為含有在側鏈具有脂環構造之基之單體的具體例,可舉出具有單環的脂肪族烴基之單體及具有多環的脂肪族烴基之單體。又,可舉出具有碳數5~20個的脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為更具體的例子,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸(雙環〔2.2.1〕庚基-2)酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-1-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-1-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-乙基金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-5-乙基-1-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5,8-三乙基-1-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-8-乙基-1-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基-2-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基-2-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-1-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-亞甲基茚-5-基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-亞甲基茚-1-基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷腦基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-羥基-2,6,6-三甲基-雙環〔3.1.1〕庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,7,7-三甲基-4-羥基-雙環〔4.1.0〕庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,5-三甲基環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等。在該等(甲基)丙烯酸酯中,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1-薄荷腦基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷酯為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷酯為更佳。The polymer A system may have any of a linear structure, a branched structure, and an alicyclic structure in the side chain. By using a monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain, the branched structure or the alicyclic structure can be introduced into the side chain of the polymer A. The base system having an alicyclic structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples of the monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain include isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylate Base) tertiary butyl acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary amyl (meth)acrylate, second amyl (meth)acrylate, 2-octyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) 3-octyl acrylate and third octyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Among them, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, and t-butyl methacrylate are preferred, and isopropyl methacrylate or t-butyl methacrylate are more preferred. Specific examples of the monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include a monomer having a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a monomer having a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group. In addition, (meth)acrylates having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms are mentioned. More specific examples include (meth)acrylic acid (bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl-2) ester, (meth)acrylic acid-1-adamantyl, (meth)acrylic acid-2-adamantane Ester, 3-methyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3,5-dimethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3-ethyladamantyl (meth)acrylate Alkyl ester, 3-methyl-5-ethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3,5,8-triethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) )-3,5-Dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-adamantyl acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethyl-2-(meth)acrylate Adamantyl ester, 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, octahydro-4,7-methyleneinden-5-yl (meth)acrylate, octahydro-4 (meth)acrylate ,7-Methylene inden-1-yl methyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-1-mentholyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid tricyclodecyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-3-hydroxy-2, 6,6-Trimethyl-bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-3,7,7-trimethyl-4-hydroxy-bicyclo[4.1.0]heptyl ester, (methyl) (Nor) Camphenyl Acrylate, Isobornyl (Meth)acrylate, Fenchyl (Meth)acrylate, 2,2,5-Trimethylcyclohexyl (Meth)acrylate and Cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate Ester etc. Among these (meth)acrylates, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, 1-adamantane (meth)acrylate Ester, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, fenchyl (meth)acrylate, 1-menthol (meth)acrylate or tricyclodecyl (meth)acrylate are preferred, (former Base) cyclohexyl acrylate, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isocamyl (meth)acrylate, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate or tricyclodecyl (meth)acrylate are Better.

聚合物A的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)係30℃~180℃為較佳。在感光性樹脂層中,藉由聚合物A的Tg為180℃以下,能夠抑制曝光時焦點位置偏移時的線寬粗度及解析度的惡化。從上述觀點出發,聚合物A的Tg係170℃以下為更佳,160℃以下為進一步較佳。又,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點出發,聚合物A的Tg係30℃以上為較佳。從上述觀點出發,聚合物A的Tg係40℃以上為更佳,50℃以上為進一步較佳,60℃以上為特佳,70℃以上為最佳。The glass transition temperature (Tg) of polymer A is preferably 30°C to 180°C. In the photosensitive resin layer, since the Tg of the polymer A is 180° C. or less, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the line width thickness and the resolution when the focus position shifts during exposure. From the above viewpoint, the Tg of polymer A is more preferably 170°C or less, and more preferably 160°C or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the edge melting resistance, the Tg of the polymer A is preferably 30°C or higher. From the above viewpoint, the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 40°C or higher, more preferably 50°C or higher, particularly preferably 60°C or higher, and most preferably 70°C or higher.

聚合物A係可以為市售品或合成品。聚合物A的合成係例如如下進行為較佳:在用溶劑(例如,丙酮、甲基乙基酮或異丙醇)稀釋上述至少一種單體而得之溶液中添加適量自由基聚合起始劑(例如,過氧化苯甲醯或偶氮異丁腈),接著,進行加熱攪拌。又,有時還會一邊將混合物的一部分滴加到反應液中,一邊進行合成。反應結束後,有時還會進一步添加溶劑,以調整至所期望的濃度。作為合成方案,除溶液聚合以外,還可以使用整體聚合、懸浮聚合或乳化聚合。The polymer A system may be a commercially available product or a synthetic product. The synthesis system of polymer A is preferably carried out, for example, as follows: Add an appropriate amount of radical polymerization initiator to a solution obtained by diluting at least one of the above-mentioned monomers with a solvent (for example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone or isopropanol) (For example, benzoyl peroxide or azoisobutyronitrile), then, heating and stirring are performed. In addition, synthesis may be performed while dropping a part of the mixture into the reaction liquid. After the reaction, a solvent may be further added to adjust the concentration to a desired concentration. As a synthesis scheme, in addition to solution polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, or emulsion polymerization can also be used.

感光性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的聚合物A。在感光性樹脂層含有兩種以上的聚合物A之情況下,感光性樹脂層係含有具有源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之兩種以上的聚合物A或含有具有源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之聚合物A和不具有源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之聚合物A為較佳。在後者的情況下,具有源自具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之聚合物A的含有比例係相對於聚合物A的總質量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain one kind of polymer A alone or two or more kinds of polymer A. When the photosensitive resin layer contains two or more types of polymer A, the photosensitive resin layer contains two or more types of polymer A having structural units derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or A polymer A which is a structural unit of a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a polymer A which does not have a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group are preferable. In the latter case, the content of polymer A having structural units derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably 70% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of polymer A. Preferably, 80% by mass or more is more preferable, and 90% by mass or more is particularly preferable.

聚合物A的含有比例係相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%~90質量%為較佳,30質量%~70質量%為更佳,40質量%~60質量%為特佳。從控制顯影時間之觀點出發,將聚合物A的含有比例相對於感光性樹脂層設為90質量%以下為較佳。另一方面,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點出發,將聚合物A的含有比例相對於感光性樹脂層設為10質量%以上為較佳。The content of the polymer A is preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass, and particularly preferably 40% by mass to 60% by mass. From the viewpoint of controlling the development time, the content ratio of the polymer A with respect to the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 90% by mass or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the edge melting resistance, the content ratio of the polymer A relative to the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass or more.

(聚合性化合物B) 感光性樹脂層係含有含乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(亦即,聚合性化合物B)。在本揭示中,“含乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物”意味著在分子中含有乙烯性不飽和鍵且在後述之聚合起始劑的作用下聚合之化合物。再者,聚合性化合物B係與上述聚合物A不同之化合物。(Polymerizable compound B) The photosensitive resin layer contains an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing compound (that is, polymerizable compound B). In the present disclosure, "a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond" means a compound that contains an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule and is polymerized by the action of a polymerization initiator described later. In addition, the polymerizable compound B is a compound different from the above-mentioned polymer A.

聚合性化合物B係具有聚合性基為較佳。聚合性化合物B中的聚合性基係只要為與聚合反應相關之基,則不受限制。作為聚合性化合物B中的聚合性基,例如可舉出含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基(例如,乙烯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基)及陽離子性聚合性基(例如,環氧基及氧雜環丁烷基)。聚合性基係含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基(以下,有時稱為“乙烯性不飽和基”。)為較佳,丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基為更佳。It is preferable that the polymerizable compound B has a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group in the polymerizable compound B is not limited as long as it is a group related to the polymerization reaction. As the polymerizable group in the polymerizable compound B, for example, a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, a vinyl group, an acryl group, a methacryl group, a styryl group, and a maleimide group Group) and cationic polymerizable group (for example, epoxy group and oxetanyl group). The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "ethylenically unsaturated group"), and more preferably an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group.

聚合性化合物B係在一個分子中具有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(亦即,乙烯性不飽和化合物)為更佳,在一個分子中具有2個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(亦即,多官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)為特佳。又,從解析度及剝離性更優異之觀點出發,一個分子的乙烯性不飽和化合物中所含之乙烯性不飽和基的數量係6個以下為較佳,3個以下為更佳,2個以下為特佳。The polymerizable compound B is a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule (that is, an ethylenically unsaturated compound), and it is more preferable that it has two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule. Compounds (that is, polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds) are particularly preferred. In addition, from the viewpoint of better resolution and releasability, the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and 2 The following are particularly good.

乙烯性不飽和化合物係在一個分子中具有1個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。The ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably a (meth)acrylate compound having one or more (meth)acryloyl groups in one molecule.

從感光性樹脂層中的感光性、解析度及剝離性之間的平衡更優異之觀點出發,聚合性化合物B係選自由在一個分子中具有2個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(亦即,2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)及在一個分子中具有3個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(亦即,3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)組成之群組中之至少一種為較佳,在一個分子中具有2個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物為更佳。From the viewpoint of a more excellent balance between photosensitivity, resolution, and releasability in the photosensitive resin layer, the polymerizable compound B is selected from compounds having two ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule (that is, At least one of the group consisting of a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound) and a compound having 3 ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule (that is, a trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound) is preferred. Among them, a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated groups is more preferred.

在感光性樹脂層中,從感光性樹脂層的剝離性優異之觀點出發,2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量與聚合性化合物B的含量的比例係60質量%以上為較佳,超過70質量%為更佳,90質量%以上為特佳。相對於聚合性化合物B的含量之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物的含有比例的上限係不受限制,亦可以為100質量%。亦即,感光性樹脂層中所含之聚合性化合物B亦可以皆為2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。In the photosensitive resin layer, from the viewpoint of excellent peelability of the photosensitive resin layer, the ratio of the content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound to the content of the polymerizable compound B is preferably 60% by mass or more, and more than 70% by mass % Is more preferable, and more than 90% by mass is particularly preferable. The upper limit of the content ratio of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound with respect to the content of the polymerizable compound B is not limited, and may be 100% by mass. That is, all the polymerizable compounds B contained in the photosensitive resin layer may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

-聚合性化合物B1- 感光性樹脂層係含有在一個分子中具有1個以上的芳香環及2個乙烯性不飽和基之聚合性化合物B1為較佳。聚合性化合物B1係上述聚合性化合物B中在一個分子中具有1個以上的芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。-Polymerizable compound B1- The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B1 having one or more aromatic rings and two ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule. The polymerizable compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule of the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B.

在感光性樹脂層中,從解析度更優異之觀點出發,聚合性化合物B1的含量與聚合性化合物B的含量的比例係40質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳,60質量%以上為特佳。聚合性化合物B1的含量與聚合性化合物B的含量的比例的上限係不受限制。從剝離性的觀點出發,聚合性化合物B1的含量與聚合性化合物B的含量的比例係99質量%以下為較佳,95質量%以下為更佳,90質量%以下為進一步較佳,85質量%以下為特佳。In the photosensitive resin layer, from the viewpoint of better resolution, the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the content of the polymerizable compound B is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and 55 mass% % Or more is more preferable, and 60 mass% or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit of the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the content of the polymerizable compound B is not limited. From the standpoint of releasability, the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the content of the polymerizable compound B is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and 85 mass% % Or less is particularly good.

作為聚合性化合物B1中的芳香環,例如可舉出芳香族烴環(例如,苯環、萘環及蒽環)、芳香族雜環(例如,噻吩環、呋喃環、吡咯環、咪唑環、三唑環及吡啶環)及該等的縮合環。芳香環係芳香族烴環為較佳,苯環為更佳。再者,芳香環係可以具有取代基。Examples of the aromatic ring in the polymerizable compound B1 include aromatic hydrocarbon rings (for example, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, and anthracene ring), aromatic heterocycles (for example, thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, Triazole ring and pyridine ring) and their condensed rings. The aromatic ring system is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a benzene ring. Furthermore, the aromatic ring system may have a substituent.

從藉由抑制由顯影液引起之感光性樹脂層的膨潤來提高解析度之觀點出發,聚合性化合物B1係具有雙酚構造為較佳。作為雙酚構造,例如可舉出源自雙酚A(亦即,2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丙烷)之雙酚A構造、源自雙酚F(亦即,2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)甲烷)之雙酚F構造及源自雙酚B(亦即,2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丁烷)之雙酚B構造。雙酚構造係雙酚A構造為較佳。From the viewpoint of improving the resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive resin layer caused by the developer, it is preferable that the polymerizable compound B1 has a bisphenol structure. Examples of bisphenol structures include bisphenol A structures derived from bisphenol A (that is, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane), and bisphenol F (that is, 2,2 -The bisphenol F structure of bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)methane) and the bisphenol B structure derived from bisphenol B (ie, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)butane). The bisphenol structure is preferably a bisphenol A structure.

作為具有雙酚構造之聚合性化合物B1,例如可舉出具有雙酚構造和鍵結於上述雙酚構造的兩端之2個聚合性基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基)之化合物。各聚合性基係可以直接鍵結於雙酚構造。各聚合性基係亦可以經由1個以上的伸烷氧基鍵結於雙酚構造。加成於雙酚構造的兩端之伸烷氧基係伸乙氧基或伸丙氧基為較佳,伸乙氧基為更佳。加成於雙酚構造之伸烷氧基的加成數量係不受限制,但在每個分子中為4個~16個為較佳,6個~14個為更佳。Examples of the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include a compound having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth)acryloyl groups) bonded to both ends of the above-mentioned bisphenol structure. . Each polymerizable group may be directly bonded to the bisphenol structure. Each polymerizable group system may be bonded to the bisphenol structure via one or more alkoxylate groups. The alkoxylate group or propoxylate group added to the two ends of the bisphenol structure is preferable, and the ethoxy group is more preferable. The number of alkoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not limited, but it is preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, and more preferably 6 to 14 per molecule.

關於具有雙酚構造之聚合性化合物B1,記載於日本特開2016-224162號公報的0072段~0080段中。上述公報的內容係藉由參閱引用於本說明書中。The polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs 0072 to 0080 of JP 2016-224162 A. The content of the above-mentioned bulletin is quoted in this manual by reference.

聚合性化合物B1係具有雙酚A構造之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷為更佳。The polymerizable compound B1 is preferably a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure, and more preferably 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloyloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane good.

作為2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷,例如可舉出2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-324M、Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-500、SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十二乙氧基四丙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-3200MY、Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-1300、SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-200、SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.)及乙氧基化(10)雙酚A二丙烯酸酯(NK Ester A-BPE-10、SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.)。As 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxy polyalkoxy)phenyl)propane, for example, 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxy diethoxy) Phenyl)propane (FA-324M, Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxyethoxypropoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2 -Bis(4-(methacryloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-500, SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxy) Dodecethoxy tetrapropoxy) phenyl) propane (FA-3200MY, Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentadecethoxy) Phenyl) propane (BPE-1300, SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-200, SHIN- NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.) and ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A diacrylate (NK Ester A-BPE-10, SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.).

作為聚合性化合物B1,亦可舉出由下述一般式(I)表示之化合物。As the polymerizable compound B1, a compound represented by the following general formula (I) can also be mentioned.

[化學式3]

Figure 02_image005
[Chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image005

一般式(I)中,R1 及R2 係分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基,A係表示C2 H4 ,B係表示C3 H6 ,n1 及n3 係分別獨立地為1~39的整數,n1 +n3 係2~40的整數,n2 及n4 係分別獨立地為0~29的整數,n2 +n4 係0~30的整數,-(A-O)-及-(B-O)-的重複單元的排列係可以為隨機或嵌段。在嵌段的情況下,-(A-O)-及-(B-O)-中的任一者可以為聯苯基側。n2 +n4 係0~10的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳,0~2的整數為進一步較佳,0為特佳。n1 +n2 +n3 +n4 係2~20的整數為較佳,2~16的整數為更佳,4~12的整數為特佳。In general formula (I), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A system represents C 2 H 4 , B system represents C 3 H 6 , n 1 and n 3 systems each independently represent 1 An integer of ~39, n 1 +n 3 is an integer of 2 to 40, n 2 and n 4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 29, n 2 +n 4 is an integer of 0 to 30, -(AO)- And the arrangement system of the repeating unit of -(BO)- can be random or block. In the case of a block, any one of -(AO)- and -(BO)- may be the biphenyl side. n 2 +n 4 is preferably an integer of 0-10, more preferably an integer of 0-4, more preferably an integer of 0-2, and particularly preferably 0. n 1 +n 2 +n 3 +n 4 is preferably an integer of 2-20, more preferably an integer of 2-16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4-12.

感光性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的聚合性化合物B1。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of polymerizable compound B1.

從解析度更優異之觀點出發,感光性樹脂層中的聚合性化合物B1的含有比例係相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。聚合性化合物B1的含有比例的上限係不受限制。從轉印性及耐邊緣熔融性的觀點出發,感光性樹脂層中的聚合性化合物B1的含有比例係相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。From the viewpoint of more excellent resolution, the content ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and more preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 is not limited. From the viewpoint of transferability and edge melting resistance, the content of the polymerizable compound B1 in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 70% by mass or less, and 60% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer Better.

感光性樹脂層係可以含有聚合性化合物B1以外的聚合性化合物B。作為聚合性化合物B1以外的聚合性化合物B,例如可舉出單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物(亦即,在一個分子中具有1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物)、不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物(亦即,在一個分子中不具有芳香環且具有2個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物)及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物(亦即,在一個分子中具有3個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物)。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain a polymerizable compound B other than the polymerizable compound B1. Examples of the polymerizable compound B other than the polymerizable compound B1 include monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds (that is, compounds having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule), and bifunctional compounds that do not have an aromatic ring. Ethylene unsaturated compounds (that is, compounds that do not have an aromatic ring in one molecule and have two ethylenically unsaturated groups) and trifunctional or more ethylenically unsaturated compounds (that is, have three in one molecule The above ethylenically unsaturated group compound).

作為單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙基己酯、琥珀酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯。Examples of monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds include ethyl (meth)acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl succinate, polyethylene glycol Mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate and phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate.

作為不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可舉出伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯。Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having no aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and urethane Di(meth)acrylate and trimethylolpropane diacrylate.

作為伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出三環癸二甲醇二丙烯酸酯(A-DCP、SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.)、三環癸二甲醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(DCP、SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.)、1,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-NOD-N、SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-HD-N、SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.)、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二丙烯酸酯及新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。Examples of alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates include tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.), tricyclodecane dimethanol dimethacrylic acid Esters (DCP, SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate Esters (A-HD-N, SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.), ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol diacrylate and neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate.

作為聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯及聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。Examples of polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. Acrylate.

作為胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出環氧丙烷改質胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、以及環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷改質胺基甲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為市售品,例如可舉出8UX-015A(TAISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO,.LTD.)、UA-32P(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.)及UA-1100H(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.)。Examples of urethane di(meth)acrylates include propylene oxide modified urethane di(meth)acrylate, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide modified urethane Ester di(meth)acrylate. Examples of commercially available products include 8UX-015A (TAISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO,. LTD.), UA-32P (SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.), and UA-1100H (SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.) .

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如可舉出二新戊四醇(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及該等的環氧烷改質物。在本揭示中,“(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係包括三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及六(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念。在本揭示中,“(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係包括三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及四(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念。Examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds having trifunctional or higher functionality include dineopentaerythritol (tri/tetra/penta/hexa) (meth)acrylate, and neopentaerythritol (tri/tetra) (meth)acrylic acid. Ester, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanurate tri( Meth) acrylates, glycerol tri(meth)acrylates and these alkylene oxide modifications. In the present disclosure, “(three/four/five/six) (meth)acrylate” includes tri(meth)acrylate, tetra(meth)acrylate, penta(meth)acrylate and hexa(meth)acrylate The concept of meth)acrylate. In the present disclosure, “(tri/tetra)(meth)acrylate” includes the concepts of tri(meth)acrylate and tetra(meth)acrylate.

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的環氧烷改質物,可舉出己內酯改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(例如,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製KAYARAD(註冊商標)DPCA-20及SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.製A-9300-1CL)、環氧烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(例如,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製KAYARAD RP-1040、SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.製ATM-35E、SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.製A-9300及DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.製EBECRYL(註冊商標) 135)、乙氧基化甘油三丙烯酸酯(例如,SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.製A-GLY-9E)、ARONIX(註冊商標) TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.)、ARONIX M-520(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.)及ARONIX M-510(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.)。Examples of alkylene oxide modified products of trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds include caprolactone modified (meth)acrylate compounds (for example, KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA- manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 20 and A-9300-1CL manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.), alkylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate compounds (for example, KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD. manufactured ATM-35E, SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD. manufactured A-9300 and DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD. manufactured EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135), ethoxylated glycerol triacrylate (for example, SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD. made A-GLY-9E), ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-2349 (TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX M-520 (TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) and ARONIX M-510 (TOAGOSEI CO ., LTD.).

作為聚合性化合物B1以外的聚合性化合物B,亦可舉出日本特開2004-239942號公報的0025段~0030段中記載之具有酸基之聚合性化合物。As the polymerizable compound B other than the polymerizable compound B1, the polymerizable compound having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP 2004-239942 A can also be cited.

在一實施形態中,感光性樹脂層係含有聚合性化合物B1及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,含有聚合性化合物B1及兩種以上的3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。在上述實施形態中,聚合性化合物B1與3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的質量比([聚合性化合物B1的總質量]:[3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的總質量]係1:1~5:1為較佳,1.2:1~4:1為更佳,1.5:1~3:1為特佳。In one embodiment, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a polymerizable compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound, and the polymerizable compound B1 and two or more trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds are preferably Better. In the above embodiment, the mass ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 to the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound ([the total mass of the polymerizable compound B1]: [the total mass of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound] is 1 :1~5:1 is preferred, 1.2:1~4:1 is more preferred, and 1.5:1~3:1 is particularly preferred.

聚合性化合物B的分子量(在聚合性化合物B具有分子量分布之情況下是指重量平均分子量(Mw)。)係200~3,000為較佳,280~2,200為更佳,300~2,200為特佳。The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound B (when the polymerizable compound B has a molecular weight distribution, the weight average molecular weight (Mw)) is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 280 to 2,200, and particularly preferably 300 to 2,200.

感光性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的聚合性化合物B。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds B.

感光性樹脂層中的聚合性化合物B的含有比例係相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%~70質量%為較佳,20質量%~60質量%為更佳,20質量%~50質量%為特佳。The content of the polymerizable compound B in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% to 70% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, more preferably 20% to 60% by mass, and more preferably 20% to 60% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. 50% by mass is particularly good.

(光聚合起始劑) 感光性樹脂層係含有光聚合起始劑。光聚合起始劑係接收活化光線(例如,紫外線、可見光線及X射線)而開始聚合性化合物(例如,聚合性化合物B)的聚合之化合物。(Photopolymerization initiator) The photosensitive resin layer contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is a compound that receives activating light (for example, ultraviolet rays, visible rays, and X-rays) to start polymerization of a polymerizable compound (for example, polymerizable compound B).

作為光聚合起始劑,並無限制,可以使用公知的光聚合起始劑。作為光聚合起始劑,例如可舉出光自由基聚合起始劑及光陽離子聚合起始劑,光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。The photopolymerization initiator is not limited, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include photoradical polymerization initiators and photocationic polymerization initiators, and photoradical polymerization initiators are preferred.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可舉出具有肟酯構造之光聚合起始劑、具有α-胺基烷基苯酮構造之光聚合起始劑、具有α-羥烷基苯酮構造之光聚合起始劑、具有醯基膦氧化物構造之光聚合起始劑及具有N-苯基甘胺酸構造之光聚合起始劑。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, a photopolymerization initiator having an oxime ester structure, a photopolymerization initiator having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure, and an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure The photopolymerization initiator, the photopolymerization initiator with the phosphine oxide structure and the photopolymerization initiator with the N-phenylglycine structure.

從感光性、曝光部的視覺辨認性、未曝光部的視覺辨認性及解析度的觀點出發,感光性樹脂層係含有選自由2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體的衍生物組成之群組中之至少一種作為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。再者,2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及其衍生物中的2個2,4,5-三芳基咪唑構造係可以相同,亦可以不同。From the viewpoints of photosensitivity, visibility of exposed parts, and visibility and resolution of unexposed parts, the photosensitive resin layer contains 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and 2,4, At least one of the derivatives of the 5-triarylimidazole dimer is preferably used as the photoradical polymerization initiator. Furthermore, the two 2,4,5-triarylimidazole structural systems in the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and its derivatives may be the same or different.

作為2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體的衍生物,例如可舉出2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二(甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體及2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體。As a derivative of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer, for example, 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-bis(methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-(o-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-methoxyphenyl)- 4,5-Diphenylimidazole dimer and 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如亦可舉出日本特開2011-095716號公報的0031段~0042段及日本特開2015-014783號公報的0064段~0081段中記載之聚合起始劑。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, the polymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP-A-2011-095716 and paragraphs 0064 to 0081 of JP-A-2015-014783 can also be cited. .

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可舉出二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯(DBE、CAS No.10287-53-3)、安息香甲基醚、茴香基(p,p’-二甲氧基苄基)及二苯甲酮。Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator include ethyl dimethylaminobenzoate (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, anisyl (p,p'-dimethyl Oxybenzyl) and benzophenone.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑的市售品,例如可舉出TAZ-110(Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.)、TAZ-111(Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.)、2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-聯咪唑(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)、1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-辛二酮-2-(鄰苯甲醯肟)(商品名:IRGACURE(註冊商標) OXE-01、BASF公司)、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙二酮-1-(鄰乙醯肟)(商品名:IRGACURE OXE-02、BASF公司)、IRGACURE OXE-03(BASF公司)、IRGACURE OXE-04(BASF公司)、2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-口末啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(商品名:Omnirad 379EG、IGM Resins B.V.公司)、2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-口末啉基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 907、IGM Resins B.V.公司)、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基]苯基}-2-甲基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 127、IGM Resins B.V.公司)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)丁酮-1(商品名:Omnirad 369、IGM Resins B.V.公司)、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 1173、IGM Resins B.V.公司)、1-羥基環己基苯基酮(商品名:Omnirad 184、IGM Resins B.V.公司)、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙-1-酮(商品名:Omnirad 651、IGM Resins B.V.公司)、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯-二苯基膦氧化物(商品名:Omnirad TPO H、IGM Resins B.V.公司)、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯)苯基膦氧化物(商品名:Omnirad 819、IGM Resins B.V.公司)及肟酯系的光聚合起始劑(商品名:Lunar 6、DKSH Management Ltd.)。As commercially available products of the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, TAZ-110 (Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), TAZ-111 (Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), 2,2'-bis( 2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1-[4-(phenylthio)benzene Yl]-1,2-octanedione-2-(ortho-benzoic oxime) (trade name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, BASF company), 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2- Methylbenzyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethylenedione-1-(o-acetoxime) (trade name: IRGACURE OXE-02, BASF company), IRGACURE OXE-03 (BASF company) , IRGACURE OXE-04 (BASF company), 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-oralolinyl)phenyl ]-1-Butanone (trade name: Omnirad 379EG, IGM Resins BV company), 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-porolin-1-one (trade name : Omnirad 907, IGM Resins BV), 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanyl)benzyl]phenyl}-2-methylprop-1- Ketone (trade name: Omnirad 127, IGM Resins BV), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-terminal phenyl)butanone-1 (trade name: Omnirad 369, IGM Resins BV), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 1173, IGM Resins BV), 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (trade name: Omnirad 184, IGM Resins BV), 2,2-Dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one (trade name: Omnirad 651, IGM Resins BV), 2,4,6-trimethyl Benzyl-diphenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad TPO H, IGM Resins BV), bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl) phenylphosphine oxide (trade name: Omnirad 819, IGM Resins BV) and oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator (trade name: Lunar 6, DKSH Management Ltd.).

光陽離子聚合起始劑(亦即,光酸產生劑)係接收活化光線而產生酸之化合物。作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,感應於波長300nm以上、較佳為波長300nm~450nm的活化光線而產生酸之化合物為較佳。但是,光陽離子聚合起始劑的化學構造係不受限制。又,關於不直接感應於波長300nm以上的活化光線之光陽離子聚合起始劑,只要為藉由同時使用敏化劑感應於波長300nm以上的活化光線而產生酸之化合物,則亦可以與敏化劑組合而較佳地使用。The photocationic polymerization initiator (ie, photoacid generator) is a compound that generates acid by receiving activating light. As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a compound that generates an acid in response to activation light having a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm, is preferred. However, the chemical structure of the photocationic polymerization initiator is not limited. In addition, with regard to the photocationic polymerization initiator that does not directly induce activation light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, as long as it is a compound that generates an acid by simultaneously using a sensitizer to induce activation light with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, it can also be combined with the sensitizer. It is preferably used in combination with agents.

光陽離子聚合起始劑係產生pKa為4以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為較佳,產生pKa為3以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為更佳,產生pKa為2以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為特佳。pKa的下限係不受限制。由光陽離子聚合起始劑產生之酸的pKa係例如為-10.0以上為較佳。The photocationic polymerization initiator is preferably a photocationic polymerization initiator that produces an acid with a pKa of 4 or less, and a photocationic polymerization initiator that produces an acid with a pKa of 3 or less is more preferred, and it produces an acid with a pKa of 2 or less. The light cationic polymerization initiator is particularly preferred. The lower limit of pKa is not limited. It is preferable that the pKa system of the acid generated by the photocationic polymerization initiator is, for example, -10.0 or more.

作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,可舉出離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑及非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。Examples of the photocationic polymerization initiator include ionic photocationic polymerization initiators and nonionic photocationic polymerization initiators.

作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可舉出鎓鹽化合物(例如,二芳基碘鹽化合物及三芳基鋶鹽化合物)及四級銨鹽化合物。Examples of the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator include onium salt compounds (for example, diaryliodonium salt compounds and triarylsulfonate compounds) and quaternary ammonium salt compounds.

作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,亦可舉出日本特開2014-085643號公報的0114段~0133段中記載之離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。As the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP 2014-085643 A can also be cited.

作為非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如可舉出三氯甲基-s-三𠯤化合物、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物。作為三氯甲基-s-三𠯤化合物、重氮甲烷化合物及醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物,例如可舉出日本特開2011-221494號公報的0083段~0088段中記載之化合物。又,作為肟磺酸鹽化合物,例如可舉出國際公開第2018/179640號的0084段~0088段中記載之化合物。Examples of nonionic photocationic polymerization initiators include trichloromethyl-s-tris compounds, diazomethane compounds, imine sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. As the trichloromethyl-s-tris compound, the diazomethane compound, and the imine sulfonate compound, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of JP 2011-221494 A can be cited. In addition, as the oxime sulfonate compound, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be cited.

感光性樹脂層係含有光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳,含有選自由2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體的衍生物組成之群組中之至少一種為更佳。The photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a photoradical polymerization initiator, and contains a derivative selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer. At least one of the groups is more preferable.

感光性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的光聚合起始劑。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of photopolymerization initiators.

感光性樹脂層中的光聚合起始劑的含有比例係相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1.0質量%以上為特佳。光聚合起始劑的含有比例的上限係不受限制。光聚合起始劑的含有比例係相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%以下為較佳,5質量%以下為更佳。The content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.1% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1.0% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator is not limited. The content ratio of the photopolymerization initiator relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less.

(酚性化合物) 感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例係相對於上述感光性樹脂層的總質量為300ppm以下。藉由感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例為300ppm以下,可減少伴隨層合後的持續放置時間的經過之側蝕量。(Phenolic compound) The content ratio of the phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer is 300 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. When the content of the phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer is 300 ppm or less, it is possible to reduce the amount of side erosion that accompanies the elapse of the continuous standing time after lamination.

從減少伴隨層合後的持續放置時間的經過之側蝕量之觀點出發,感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例係越小越較佳。具體而言,分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例係相對於上述感光性樹脂層的總質量為200ppm以下為較佳,100ppm以下為更佳,50ppm以下為進一步較佳,20ppm以下為特佳。分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例係相對於上述感光性樹脂層的總質量可以為15ppm以下或10ppm以下。From the viewpoint of reducing the amount of side etching accompanying the elapse of the continuous standing time after lamination, the content ratio of the phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably as small as possible. Specifically, the content ratio of the phenolic compound with a molecular weight of 300 or less is preferably 200 ppm or less relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, more preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less, and particularly 20 ppm or less. good. The content ratio of the phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less may be 15 ppm or less or 10 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.

從減少側蝕量之觀點出發,感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例的下限係不受限制。在設定酚性化合物的含有比例的下限之情況下,在感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例係相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0ppm以上的範圍內決定即可。感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例係相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量可以超過0ppm。From the viewpoint of reducing the amount of side etching, the lower limit of the content ratio of the phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer is not limited. When setting the lower limit of the phenolic compound content ratio, the content ratio of the phenolic compound with a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer may be determined within the range of 0 ppm or more relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer . The content ratio of the phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer may exceed 0 ppm with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer.

分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例係藉由以下方法測定。將從感光性轉印材料收集之100mg感光性樹脂層溶解於1g四氫呋喃中。在所得之混合物中添加1g超純水,用超音波處理10分鐘之後,使用孔徑為0.45μm之膜過濾器進行過濾。藉由高效液相色譜法(HPLC)測定濾液中所含之酚性化合物的含有比例。以下示出測定條件。依據測定結果,求出感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例。 (1)測定設備:SHIMADZU 20A(Shimadzu Corporation) (2)管柱:TOSOH TSKgel ODS-80Ts(4.6mm×15cm、粒徑:5μm) (3)溫度:40℃ (4)注入量:19μL (5)流速:1mL/分 (6)洗提液:液體A和液體B的混合液[液體A/液體B(體積比)=20/80、液體A:四氫呋喃、液體B:離子交換水(998體積%)、磷酸(1體積%)及三乙胺(1體積%)的混合物(離子交換水/磷酸/三乙胺(體積比)=998/1/1)]The content ratio of the phenolic compound with a molecular weight of 300 or less is measured by the following method. 100 mg of the photosensitive resin layer collected from the photosensitive transfer material was dissolved in 1 g of tetrahydrofuran. 1 g of ultrapure water was added to the resulting mixture, and after ultrasonic treatment for 10 minutes, it was filtered using a membrane filter with a pore size of 0.45 μm. Measure the content of phenolic compounds in the filtrate by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). The measurement conditions are shown below. Based on the measurement result, the content ratio of the phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer was determined. (1) Measuring equipment: SHIMADZU 20A (Shimadzu Corporation) (2) Column: TOSOH TSKgel ODS-80Ts (4.6mm×15cm, particle size: 5μm) (3) Temperature: 40℃ (4) Injection volume: 19μL (5) Flow rate: 1mL/min (6) Eluent: a mixture of liquid A and liquid B [liquid A/liquid B (volume ratio) = 20/80, liquid A: tetrahydrofuran, liquid B: ion exchange water (998 vol%), phosphoric acid (1 The mixture of volume %) and triethylamine (1 volume %) (ion exchange water/phosphoric acid/triethylamine (volume ratio)=998/1/1)]

感光性樹脂層中含有比例受到限制之酚性化合物的分子量係300以下。將分子量的上限設定為300之理由係,如上所述,容易因低分子的酚性化合物的偏在而引起側蝕。酚性化合物的分子量係可以為250以下。酚性化合物的分子量的下限係不受限制。在設定酚性化合物的分子量的下限之情況下,酚性化合物的分子量係在94.11以上的範圍內決定即可。作為分子量為94.11之酚性化合物,例如可舉出由C6 H5 OH表示之化合物。The molecular weight of the phenolic compound whose content ratio is restricted in the photosensitive resin layer is 300 or less. The reason for setting the upper limit of the molecular weight to 300 is that, as described above, it is easy to cause side corrosion due to the concentration of low molecular weight phenolic compounds. The molecular weight of the phenolic compound may be 250 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the phenolic compound is not limited. When setting the lower limit of the molecular weight of the phenolic compound, the molecular weight of the phenolic compound may be determined within the range of 94.11 or more. Examples of the phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 94.11 include compounds represented by C 6 H 5 OH.

感光性樹脂層中含有比例受到限制之酚性化合物的構造係只要含有芳香環和與上述芳香環鍵結之羥基,則不受限制。酚性化合物中的芳香環係可以為單環或縮合環。羥基以外的取代基亦可以與酚性化合物中的芳香環鍵結。酚性化合物中的羥基的數量係可以為一個或兩個以上。The structure system containing the phenolic compound whose ratio is restricted in the photosensitive resin layer is not restricted as long as it contains an aromatic ring and the hydroxyl group bonded to the said aromatic ring. The aromatic ring system in the phenolic compound may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Substituents other than the hydroxyl group may be bonded to the aromatic ring in the phenolic compound. The number of hydroxyl groups in the phenolic compound may be one or two or more.

感光性樹脂層中含有比例受到限制之酚性化合物係包含含有苯環和與上述苯環鍵結之羥基之酚性化合物為較佳,含有由下述式(1)表示之酚性化合物為更佳。The phenolic compound whose content ratio is restricted in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably a phenolic compound containing a benzene ring and a hydroxyl group bonded to the above-mentioned benzene ring, and a phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1) is more preferred. good.

[化學式4]

Figure 02_image007
[Chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image007

式(1)中,R1 、R2 、R3 、R4 及R5 係分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數為1~6之烷基、羥基或碳數為1~6之烷氧基。烷基係可以為直鏈狀烷基、分支狀烷基或環狀烷基。烷氧基係可以為直鏈狀烷氧基、分支狀烷氧基或環狀烷氧基。In formula (1), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons . The alkyl group may be a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, or a cyclic alkyl group. The alkoxy group may be a linear alkoxy group, a branched alkoxy group, or a cyclic alkoxy group.

感光性樹脂層中含有比例受到限制之酚性化合物係含有選自由如下酚性化合物組成之群組中之至少一種為較佳:由下述式(1-1)表示之酚性化合物、由下述式(1-2)表示之酚性化合物、由下述式(1-3)表示之酚性化合物、由下述式(1-4)表示之酚性化合物及由下述式(1-5)表示之酚性化合物。The phenolic compound whose content ratio is restricted in the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of the following phenolic compounds: a phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1-1), The phenolic compound represented by the formula (1-2), the phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1-3), the phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1-4), and the phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1- 5) Said phenolic compound.

[化學式5]

Figure 02_image009
[Chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image009

由式(1-1)表示之酚性化合物係4-甲氧基苯酚。由式(1-2)表示之酚性化合物係氫醌。由式(1-3)表示之酚性化合物係3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基甲苯。由式(1-4)表示之酚性化合物係2-第三丁基-4,6-二甲基苯酚。由式(1-5)表示之酚性化合物係4-第三丁基兒茶酚。The phenolic compound represented by formula (1-1) is 4-methoxyphenol. The phenolic compound represented by formula (1-2) is hydroquinone. The phenolic compound represented by formula (1-3) is 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene. The phenolic compound represented by formula (1-4) is 2-tert-butyl-4,6-dimethylphenol. The phenolic compound represented by formula (1-5) is 4-tert-butylcatechol.

認為感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物中大多數係源自感光性樹脂層的原料。例如,藉由去除感光性樹脂層的原料中所含之分子量為300以下之酚性化合物,能夠減少感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例。作為去除分子量為300以下之酚性化合物之方法,例如可舉出將原料溶解於有機溶劑中之後使用鹼水溶液清洗之方法、將低分子的酚性化合物再結晶之方法、藉由使原料再沉澱來純化之方法及使用陰離子交換樹脂之方法。但是,去除分子量為300以下之酚性化合物之方法係不限於上述方法,亦可以使用公知的方法。It is considered that most of the phenolic compounds having a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer are derived from the raw material of the photosensitive resin layer. For example, by removing the phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less contained in the raw material of the photosensitive resin layer, the content ratio of the phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer can be reduced. As a method of removing phenolic compounds with a molecular weight of 300 or less, for example, a method of dissolving the raw material in an organic solvent and then washing with an aqueous alkali solution, a method of recrystallizing low-molecular phenolic compounds, and reprecipitation of the raw material The method of purification and the method of using anion exchange resin. However, the method for removing phenolic compounds with a molecular weight of 300 or less is not limited to the above-mentioned method, and a known method can also be used.

(任意成分) 感光性樹脂層係可以含有上述成分以外的成分(以下,有時稱為“任意成分”。)。作為任意成分,可舉出色素、界面活性劑及上述成分以外的添加劑。(Any ingredient) The photosensitive resin layer system may contain components other than the above-mentioned components (hereinafter, may be referred to as “arbitrary components”). Examples of optional components include dyes, surfactants, and additives other than the above-mentioned components.

-色素- 從曝光部的視覺辨認性、未曝光部的視覺辨認性、顯影後的圖案視覺辨認性及解析度的觀點出發,感光性樹脂層係含有顯色時的波長範圍亦即400nm~780nm下的最大吸收波長為450nm以上且最大吸收波長因酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化之色素(以下,有時稱為“色素N”。)為較佳。詳細機制係尚不明確,但藉由感光性樹脂層含有色素N,可提高對與感光性樹脂層相鄰之層(例如,偽支撐體及中間層)的密接性,使解析度更優異。-pigment- From the viewpoints of the visibility of the exposed part, the visibility of the unexposed part, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the photosensitive resin layer contains the wavelength range during color development, that is, the maximum at 400nm to 780nm A dye whose absorption wavelength is 450 nm or more and whose maximum absorption wavelength changes due to acid, alkali, or radicals (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "dye N") is preferred. The detailed mechanism is not yet clear, but the photosensitive resin layer containing the dye N can improve the adhesion to the layers adjacent to the photosensitive resin layer (for example, the dummy support and the intermediate layer) and make the resolution more excellent.

在本揭示中,對色素使用之術語“最大吸收波長因酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化”可以意味著處於顯色狀態之色素因酸、鹼或自由基而脫色之態樣、處於脫色狀態之色素因酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之態樣及處於顯色狀態之色素變為其他色相的顯色狀態之態樣中的任一態樣。In the present disclosure, the term "maximum absorption wavelength changes due to acid, alkali, or free radicals" used for pigments can mean that the pigment in the color-developing state is decolorized due to acid, alkali or free radicals, or in the decolorized state. The state where the pigment is colored due to acid, alkali or free radicals, and the state where the pigment in the colored state changes to the state of the colored state of other hue.

具體而言,色素N係可以為藉由曝光從脫色狀態發生變化而顯色之化合物,或者亦可以為藉由曝光從顯色狀態發生變化而脫色之化合物。在上述態樣中,色素N係可以為顯色或脫色的狀態在藉由曝光產生之酸、鹼或自由基的作用下發生變化之色素。又,色素N係亦可以為顯色或脫色的狀態因如下情況而發生變化之色素:感光性樹脂層內的狀態(例如pH)因藉由曝光產生之酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化。另一方面,色素N係亦可以為顯色或脫色的狀態直接受酸、鹼或自由基的刺激而不經由曝光發生變化之色素。Specifically, the pigment N may be a compound that changes color from a decolorized state by exposure, or may be a compound that changes color from a color-developed state by exposure. In the above aspect, the pigment N may be a pigment that changes color or decolorization under the action of acid, alkali, or free radicals generated by exposure. In addition, the pigment N may be a pigment whose color or decolorization state changes due to the following conditions: the state (for example, pH) in the photosensitive resin layer changes due to acid, alkali, or free radicals generated by exposure. On the other hand, the pigment N can also be a pigment that is directly stimulated by acid, alkali, or free radicals in a colored or decolored state without being changed by exposure.

從曝光部的視覺辨認性、未曝光部的視覺辨認性及解析度的觀點出發,色素N係最大吸收波長因酸或自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,最大吸收波長因自由基而發生變化之色素為更佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility and resolution of the unexposed part, the pigment N is preferably a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength changes due to acid or free radicals, and the maximum absorption wavelength occurs due to free radicals. The changed pigment is better.

從曝光部的視覺辨認性、未曝光部的視覺辨認性及解析度的觀點出發,感光性樹脂層係含有最大吸收波長因自由基而發生變化之色素及光自由基聚合起始劑這兩者作為色素N為較佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility and resolution of the unexposed part, the photosensitive resin layer contains both a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength changes due to radicals and a photo-radical polymerization initiator It is preferable as the dye N.

從曝光部的視覺辨認性、未曝光部的視覺辨認性的觀點出發,色素N係藉由酸、鹼或自由基顯色之色素為較佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility of the unexposed part, the pigment N is preferably a pigment that develops color by acid, alkali, or free radicals.

作為色素N的顯色機制的例子,可舉出自由基反應性色素、酸反應性色素或鹼反應性色素(例如無色色素)藉由自由基、酸或鹼顯色之態樣,該自由基、酸或鹼係藉由對含有光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑(亦即,光酸產生劑)或光鹼產生劑之感光性樹脂層進行曝光而由光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑或光鹼產生劑產生。As an example of the color development mechanism of the pigment N, a radical reactive pigment, an acid reactive pigment, or a base reactive pigment (such as a colorless pigment) develops color by free radicals, acids or alkalis. The free radicals , Acid or base is polymerized by photoradical polymerization by exposing the photosensitive resin layer containing photoradical polymerization initiator, photocationic polymerization initiator (ie, photoacid generator) or photobase generator The initiator, photocationic polymerization initiator or photobase generator is produced.

在色素N中,從曝光部的視覺辨認性及未曝光部的視覺辨認性的觀點出發,顯色時的波長範圍亦即400nm~780nm下的極大吸收波長係550nm以上為較佳,550nm~700nm為更佳,550~650nm為特佳。Among the pigment N, from the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed part and the visibility of the unexposed part, the wavelength range during color development, that is, the maximum absorption wavelength at 400 nm to 780 nm is preferably 550 nm or more, and 550 nm to 700 nm More preferably, 550-650nm is particularly preferred.

又,色素N係可以具有一個或兩個以上的、顯色時的波長範圍亦即400nm~780nm下的極大吸收波長。在色素N具有兩個以上的、顯色時的波長範圍亦即400nm~780nm下的極大吸收波長之情況下,兩個以上的極大吸收波長中吸光度最高的極大吸收波長為450nm以上即可。In addition, the dye N may have one or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range during color development, that is, 400 nm to 780 nm. When the pigment N has two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the wavelength range during color development, that is, 400 nm to 780 nm, the maximum absorption wavelength having the highest absorbance among the two or more maximum absorption wavelengths may be 450 nm or more.

色素N的極大吸收波長係如下測定:在大氣環境中,使用分光光度計(UV3100、Shimadzu Corporation)在400nm~780nm的範圍內測定含有色素N之溶液(液體溫度25℃)的透射光譜,然後,檢測光的強度變最小之波長(極大吸收波長)。The maximum absorption wavelength of pigment N is measured as follows: In an atmospheric environment, use a spectrophotometer (UV3100, Shimadzu Corporation) to measure the transmission spectrum of a solution containing pigment N (liquid temperature 25°C) in the range of 400nm to 780nm, and then, The wavelength at which the intensity of the detection light becomes the smallest (maximum absorption wavelength).

作為藉由曝光顯色或脫色之色素,例如可舉出無色化合物。作為藉由曝光脫色之色素,例如可舉出無色化合物、二芳基甲烷系色素、㗁𠯤系色素、口山口星系色素、亞胺基萘醌系色素、偶氮次甲基系色素及蒽醌系色素。從曝光部的視覺辨認性及未曝光部的視覺辨認性的觀點出發,色素N係無色化合物為較佳。Examples of pigments that develop or decolor by exposure to light include colorless compounds. Examples of pigments that are decolorized by exposure include colorless compounds, diarylmethane-based pigments, 㗁-based pigments, Kouyamaguchi-based pigments, iminonaphthoquinone-based pigments, azomethine-based pigments, and anthraquinones. Department of pigments. From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility of the unexposed part, the pigment N-based colorless compound is preferable.

作為無色化合物,例如可舉出具有三芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三芳基甲烷系色素)、具有螺吡喃骨架之無色化合物(螺吡喃系色素)、具有熒烷骨架之無色化合物(熒烷系色素)、具有二芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(二芳基甲烷系色素)、具有羅丹明內醯胺骨架之無色化合物(羅丹明內醯胺系色素)、具有吲哚基酞內酯骨架之無色化合物(吲哚基酞內酯系色素)及具有無色金胺骨架之無色化合物(無色金胺系色素)。無色化合物係三芳基甲烷系色素或熒烷系色素為較佳,具有三苯基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三苯基甲烷系色素)或熒烷系色素為更佳。As the colorless compound, for example, a colorless compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane dye), a colorless compound having a spiropyran skeleton (spiropyran dye), a colorless compound having a fluoran skeleton (fluoran Dyes), colorless compounds with a diarylmethane skeleton (diarylmethane dyes), colorless compounds with a rhodamine lactam skeleton (rhodamine lactam dyes), and an indolyl phthalolactone skeleton The colorless compound (indolylphthalolactone pigment) and the colorless compound with the leuco auramine skeleton (colorless auramine pigment). The colorless compound-based triarylmethane-based dye or the fluoran-based dye is preferable, and the colorless compound having a triphenylmethane skeleton (triphenylmethane-based dye) or the fluoran-based dye is more preferable.

從曝光部的視覺辨認性及未曝光部的視覺辨認性的觀點出發,無色化合物係具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環為較佳。藉由使無色化合物中所含之內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環與由光自由基聚合起始劑產生之自由基或由光陽離子聚合起始劑產生之酸反應,能夠使無色化合物變為閉環狀態而使其脫色或使無色化合物變為開環狀態而使其顯色。無色化合物係具有內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環且內酯環、亞磺內酯環或磺內酯環藉由自由基或酸開環而顯色之化合物為較佳,具有內酯環且內酯環藉由自由基或酸開環而顯色之化合物為更佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility of the unexposed part, it is preferable that the colorless compound has a lactone ring, a sulfinolactone ring, or a sultone ring. By reacting the lactone ring, sulfinolactone ring or sultone ring contained in the colorless compound with the free radical generated by the photo-radical polymerization initiator or the acid generated by the photo-cationic polymerization initiator, it is possible to The colorless compound is turned into a closed ring state to decolor, or the colorless compound is turned into an open ring state to develop a color. The colorless compound is preferably a compound having a lactone ring, a sulfinolactone ring, or a sultone ring, and the lactone ring, sulfinolactone ring, or sultone ring is colored by free radical or acid ring opening. Compounds that have a lactone ring and the lactone ring develops color by free radical or acid ring opening are more preferable.

作為無色化合物的具體例,可舉出p,p’,p”-六甲基三胺基三苯基甲烷(無色結晶紫)、Pergascript Blue SRB(Ciba-Geigy公司)、結晶紫內酯、孔雀石綠內酯、苯甲醯無色亞甲基藍、2-(N-苯基-N-甲基胺基)-6-(N-對甲苯基-N-乙基)胺基熒烷、2-苯胺基-3-甲基-6-(N-乙基-對甲苯胺基)熒烷、3,6-二甲氧基熒烷、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-5-甲基-7-(N,N-二苄基胺基)熒烷、3-(N-環己基-N-甲基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基熒烷、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基熒烷、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基熒烷、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-氯熒烷、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲氧基-7-胺基熒烷、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-(4-氯苯胺基)熒烷、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-氯熒烷、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-苄基胺基熒烷、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7,8-苯并熒烷、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基熒烷、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基熒烷、3-六氫吡啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基熒烷、3-吡咯啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基熒烷、3,3-雙(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(1-正丁基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(對二甲基胺基苯基)-6-二甲基胺基酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基-2-乙氧基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)-4-氮雜酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯及3’,6’-雙(二苯基胺基)螺異苯并呋喃-1(3H),9’-[9H]口山口星-3-酮。Specific examples of colorless compounds include p,p',p"-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (colorless crystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (Ciba-Geigy company), crystal violet lactone, peacock Limelactone, Benzyl leuco methylene blue, 2-(N-phenyl-N-methylamino)-6-(N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl)aminofluoran, 2-anilino -3-Methyl-6-(N-ethyl-p-tolylamino)fluoran, 3,6-dimethoxyfluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-5-methyl Group-7-(N,N-dibenzylamino)fluoran, 3-(N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-(N ,N-Diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-aminofluoran, 3 -(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-chlorofluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methoxy-7-aminofluoran , 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-(4-chloroanilino)fluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-chlorofluoran, 3-( N,N-diethylamino)-7-benzylaminofluoran, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7,8-benzofluoran, 3-(N,N- Dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-aminofluoran, 3-hexahydro Pyridyl-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3-pyrrolidinyl-6-methyl-7-anilinofluoran, 3,3-bis(1-ethyl-2-methylindole -3-yl)phthalolactone, 3,3-bis(1-n-butyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalolactone, 3,3-bis(p-dimethylaminophenyl) )-6-dimethylaminophthalolactone, 3-(4-diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindole-3- Yl)-4-azaphthalide, 3-(4-diethylaminophenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide and 3' ,6'-Bis(diphenylamino)spiroisobenzofuran-1(3H),9'-[9H]Kou Yamaguchi-3-one.

作為色素N,例如亦可舉出染料。作為染料的具體例,可舉出亮綠、乙基紫、甲基綠、結晶紫、鹼性品紅、甲基紫2B、喹吶啶紅、玫瑰紅、間胺黃、瑞香草酚藍、茬酚藍、甲基橙、對甲基紅、剛果紅、苯紅紫4B、α-萘紅、尼羅藍2B、尼羅藍A、甲基紫、孔雀石綠、副品紅、維多利亞豔藍-萘磺酸鹽、維多利亞豔藍BOH(Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.)、Oil Blue #603(ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.)、Oil Pink #312(ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.)、Oil Red 5B(ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.)、Oil Scarlet #308(ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.)、Oil Red OG(ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.)、Oil Red RR(ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.)、Oil Green #502(ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.)、Spiron Red BEH Special(Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.)、間甲酚紫、甲酚紅、羅丹明B、羅丹明6G、磺醯羅丹明B、金胺、4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基苯胺基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基硬脂基胺基-4-對-N,N-雙(羥乙基)胺基-苯基亞胺基萘醌、1-苯基-3-甲基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑啉酮及1-β-萘-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑啉酮。As the dye N, for example, a dye may also be mentioned. Specific examples of dyes include brilliant green, ethyl violet, methyl green, crystal violet, basic fuchsin, methyl violet 2B, quinaldine red, rose red, m-amine yellow, revanol blue, Phenol blue, methyl orange, p-methyl red, Congo red, benzene red violet 4B, α-naphthalene red, Nile blue 2B, Nile blue A, methyl violet, malachite green, para-magenta, Victoria brilliant blue -Naphthalene sulfonate, Victoria Brilliant Blue BOH (Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Blue #603 (ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), Oil Pink #312 (ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), Oil Red 5B (ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), Oil Scarlet #308 (ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), Oil Red OG (ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), Oil Red RR (ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), Oil Green #502 (ORIENT CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), Spiron Red BEH Special (Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), m-cresol purple, cresol red, rhodamine B, rhodan Ming 6G, sulforhodamine B, auramine, 4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxyanilinyl-4-p-diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-Carboxysterylamino-4-p-N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)amino-phenyliminonaphthoquinone, 1-phenyl-3-methyl-4-p-diethyl Aminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone and 1-β-naphthalene-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone.

從曝光部的視覺辨認性、未曝光部的視覺辨認性、顯影後的圖案視覺辨認性及解析度的觀點出發,色素N係最大吸收波長因自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,藉由自由基顯色之色素為更佳。From the viewpoints of the visibility of the exposed part, the visibility of the unexposed part, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the pigment N is preferably a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength changes due to free radicals. Pigments that develop color by free radicals are better.

色素N係無色結晶紫、結晶紫內酯、亮綠或維多利亞豔藍-萘磺酸鹽為較佳。The pigment N-based colorless crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green or Victoria Brilliant Blue-naphthalene sulfonate is preferred.

感光性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的色素N。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of dye N.

從曝光部的視覺辨認性、未曝光部的視覺辨認性、顯影後的圖案視覺辨認性及解析度的觀點出發,色素N的含有比例係相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1質量%~10質量%為更佳,0.1質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1質量%~1質量%為特佳。From the viewpoints of the visibility of the exposed part, the visibility of the unexposed part, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the content of the pigment N is 0.1% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer Preferably, 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass is more preferable, 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass is still more preferable, and 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass is particularly preferable.

色素N的含有比例係意味著使感光性樹脂層中所含之所有色素N成為顯色狀態時的色素的含有比例。以下,以藉由自由基顯色之色素為例,對色素N的含有比例的定量方法進行說明。製備將色素(0.001g)及色素(0.01g)分別溶解於甲基乙基酮(100mL)中而得之兩個溶液。在所得之各溶液中添加IRGACURE OXE-01(BASF公司)作為光自由基聚合起始劑之後,藉由照射365nm的光來產生自由基,使所有色素成為顯色狀態。接著,在大氣環境中,使用分光光度計(UV3100、Shimadzu Corporation)測定液體溫度為25℃之各溶液的吸光度,製作校準曲線。接著,代替色素,將感光性樹脂層(3g)溶解於甲基乙基酮中,除此之外,以與上述相同的方法,測定使所有色素顯色之溶液的吸光度。由所得之含有感光性樹脂層之溶液的吸光度,依據校準曲線計算感光性樹脂層中所含之色素的含量。The content ratio of the dye N means the content ratio of the dye when all the dye N contained in the photosensitive resin layer is brought into a color-developing state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of the pigment N will be described by taking a pigment that develops color by free radicals as an example. Two solutions were prepared by dissolving the pigment (0.001 g) and the pigment (0.01 g) in methyl ethyl ketone (100 mL). After adding IRGACURE OXE-01 (BASF Corporation) as a photo-radical polymerization initiator to each of the resulting solutions, radicals are generated by irradiating 365nm light, so that all pigments become color-developing states. Next, in an atmospheric environment, a spectrophotometer (UV3100, Shimadzu Corporation) was used to measure the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25°C to create a calibration curve. Next, instead of the dye, the photosensitive resin layer (3 g) was dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone, except that the absorbance of the solution that developed all the dyes was measured by the same method as described above. From the absorbance of the obtained solution containing the photosensitive resin layer, the content of the pigment contained in the photosensitive resin layer was calculated according to the calibration curve.

-界面活性劑- 從厚度的均勻性的觀點出發,感光性樹脂層係含有界面活性劑為較佳。作為界面活性劑,例如可舉出陰離子性界面活性劑、陽離子性界面活性劑、非離子性(nonionic)界面活性劑及兩性界面活性劑,非離子性界面活性劑為較佳。-Surfactant- From the viewpoint of thickness uniformity, the photosensitive resin layer system preferably contains a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants, and nonionic surfactants are preferred.

作為非離子性界面活性劑,例如可舉出聚氧乙烯高級烷基醚化合物、聚氧乙烯高級烷基苯基醚化合物、聚氧乙二醇的高級脂肪酸二酯化合物、矽酮系非離子性界面活性劑及氟系非離子性界面活性劑。Examples of nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene higher alkyl ether compounds, polyoxyethylene higher alkyl phenyl ether compounds, higher fatty acid diester compounds of polyoxyethylene glycol, and silicone-based nonionic Surfactant and fluorine-based nonionic surfactant.

從解析度更優異之觀點出發,感光性樹脂層係含有氟系非離子性界面活性劑為較佳。認為這是因為,藉由感光性樹脂層含有氟系非離子性界面活性劑,可抑制蝕刻液滲透到感光性樹脂層中而減少側蝕。作為氟系非離子性界面活性劑的市售品,例如可舉出MEGAFACE(註冊商標) F-551(DIC Corporation)、MEGAFACE F-552(DIC Corporation)及MEGAFACE F-554(DIC Corporation)。From the viewpoint of more excellent resolution, the photosensitive resin layer preferably contains a fluorine-based nonionic surfactant. It is considered that this is because the photosensitive resin layer contains a fluorine-based nonionic surfactant, which prevents the etching solution from penetrating into the photosensitive resin layer and reduces side etching. Examples of commercially available fluorine-based nonionic surfactants include MEGAFACE (registered trademark) F-551 (DIC Corporation), MEGAFACE F-552 (DIC Corporation), and MEGAFACE F-554 (DIC Corporation).

又,作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可舉出MEGAFACE F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上為DIC Corporation製)、Fluorad FC430、FC431、FC171(以上為Sumitomo 3M Limited製)、Surflon S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上為ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製)、FTERGENT 710FL、710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F、251、212M、250、209F、222F、208G、710LA、710FS、730LM、650AC、681、683(以上為NEOS COMPANY LIMITED製)等。Moreover, as commercial products of fluorine-based surfactants, for example, MEGAFACE F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144, F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, R-41, R-41-LM, R-01, R-40, R- 40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (manufactured by DIC Corporation above), Fluorad FC430, FC431, FC171 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited above ), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (the above are ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (the above are manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), FTERGENT 710FL, 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F, 251, 212M, 250, 209F, 222F, 208G, 710LA, 710FS, 730LM, 650AC, 681, 683 (the above are manufactured by NEOS COMPANY LIMITED), etc.

又,作為氟系界面活性劑,亦可以較佳地使用如下丙烯酸系化合物:具有持含有氟原子之官能基之分子構造,且加熱時含有氟原子之官能基的部分被切斷而使氟原子揮發。作為這樣的氟系界面活性劑,可舉出DIC Corporation製MEGAFACE DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業報(2016年2月23日)),例如MEGAFACE DS-21。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, the following acrylic compounds can also be preferably used: having a molecular structure holding a functional group containing fluorine atoms, and when heated, the part of the functional group containing the fluorine atom is cut to make the fluorine atom Volatile. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Daily (February 23, 2016)), such as MEGAFACE DS-21 .

又,作為氟系界面活性劑,使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子之乙烯基醚化合物和親水性的乙烯基醚化合物的聚合物亦較佳。Furthermore, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound.

又,作為氟系界面活性劑,亦可以使用嵌段聚合物。Moreover, as a fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used.

又,作為氟系界面活性劑,亦可以較佳地使用含有源自具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元和源自具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)的伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元之含氟高分子化合物。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also possible to preferably use a structural unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and an alkylene derived from having 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) A fluorine-containing polymer compound which is a constituent unit of a (meth)acrylate compound of an oxy group (preferably an ethoxy group or a propoxy group).

又,作為氟系界面活性劑,亦可以使用在側鏈具有含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基之含氟聚合物。可舉出MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K(以上為DIC Corporation製)等。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used. Examples include MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72-K (the above are manufactured by DIC Corporation).

作為氟系界面活性劑,從提高環境適應性之觀點出發,源自全氟辛酸(PFOA)及全氟辛烷磺酸(PFOS)等具有碳數為7以上的直鏈狀全氟烷基之化合物的代替材料之界面活性劑為較佳。As a fluorine-based surfactant, from the viewpoint of improving environmental adaptability, it is derived from compounds having a linear perfluoroalkyl group with a carbon number of 7 or more, such as perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (PFOS). Surfactants instead of materials are preferred.

作為非離子性界面活性劑,可舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯、Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(以上為BASF公司製)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(以上為BASF公司製)、Solsperse 20000(以上為Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(以上為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(以上為TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT Co.,Ltd.製)、OLFINE E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(以上為Nissin Chemical co.,ltd.製)等。Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and these ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate). Base compounds, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol two Laurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (the above are made by BASF), Tetronic 304, 701, 704 , 901, 904, 150R1 (the above are made by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (the above are made by Lubrizol Japan Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (the above are made by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN D -6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT Co., Ltd. above), OLFINE E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd. above), etc.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,可舉出由矽氧烷鍵構成之直鏈狀聚合物及在側鏈或末端導入有有機基之改質矽氧烷聚合物。Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include linear polymers composed of siloxane bonds and modified siloxane polymers with organic groups introduced into the side chain or terminal.

作為界面活性劑的具體例,可舉出DOWSIL 8032 ADDITIVE、Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.製)以及X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製)、F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie公司製)等。Specific examples of surfactants include DOWSIL 8032 ADDITIVE, Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.) and X-22-4952, X-22-4272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF-640, KF-642, KF-643, X-22-6191, X-22-4515, KF-6004, KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (the above are manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), F-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc. above), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (manufactured by BYK Chemie company above), etc.

作為界面活性劑,例如亦可舉出國際公開第2018/179640號的0120段~0125段中記載之界面活性劑、日本專利第4502784號公報的0017段中記載之界面活性劑及日本特開2009-237362號公報的0060段~0071段中記載之界面活性劑。As the surfactant, for example, the surfactant described in paragraphs 0120 to 0125 of International Publication No. 2018/179640, the surfactant described in paragraph 0017 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784, and JP 2009 -The surfactant described in paragraphs 0060 to 0071 of the 237362 Bulletin.

感光性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的界面活性劑。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of surfactants.

界面活性劑的含有比例係相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.001質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3質量%為更佳。The content ratio of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass.

-添加劑- 除上述成分以外,感光性樹脂層係還可以依據需要含有公知的添加劑。作為添加劑,例如可舉出自由基聚合抑制劑、敏化劑、塑化劑、雜環狀化合物、苯并三唑化合物、羧基苯并三唑化合物、聚合物A以外的樹脂及溶劑。感光性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的添加劑。-additive- In addition to the above-mentioned components, the photosensitive resin layer system may contain well-known additives as necessary. Examples of additives include radical polymerization inhibitors, sensitizers, plasticizers, heterocyclic compounds, benzotriazole compounds, carboxybenzotriazole compounds, resins and solvents other than polymer A. The photosensitive resin layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of additives.

感光性樹脂層係可以含有自由基聚合抑制劑。作為自由基聚合抑制劑,例如可舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的0018段中記載之熱聚合防止劑。自由基聚合抑制劑係啡噻𠯤、啡㗁𠯤或4-甲氧基苯酚為較佳。作為上述以外的自由基聚合抑制劑,例如可舉出萘胺、氯化亞銅、亞硝基苯基羥胺鋁鹽及二苯基亞硝基胺。為了不損害感光性樹脂層的靈敏度,將亞硝基苯基羥胺鋁鹽用作自由基聚合抑制劑為較佳。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain a radical polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the radical polymerization inhibitor include the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784. The free radical polymerization inhibitor is preferably phenanthrene, phenanthrene, or 4-methoxyphenol. Examples of radical polymerization inhibitors other than the above include naphthylamine, cuprous chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, and diphenylnitrosamine. In order not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer, it is preferable to use nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt as a radical polymerization inhibitor.

感光性樹脂層係可以含有苯并三唑化合物。作為苯并三唑化合物,例如可舉出1,2,3-苯并三唑、1-氯-1,2,3-苯并三唑、雙(N-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、雙(N-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-甲苯基三唑及雙(N-2-羥乙基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-苯并三唑。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain a benzotriazole compound. Examples of the benzotriazole compound include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, and bis(N-2-ethylhexyl)amino Methyl-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis(N-2-ethylhexyl)aminomethylene-1,2,3-tolyltriazole and bis(N-2-hydroxyethyl) ) Aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole.

感光性樹脂層係可以含有羧基苯并三唑化合物。作為羧基苯并三唑化合物,例如可舉出4-羧基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、5-羧基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基羧基苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-羥乙基)胺基亞甲基羧基苯并三唑及N-(N,N-二-2-乙基己基)胺基亞乙基羧基苯并三唑。作為羧基苯并三唑化合物的市售品,例如可舉出CBT-1(JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD)。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain a carboxy benzotriazole compound. As the carboxybenzotriazole compound, for example, 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N-(N,N-di -2-Ethylhexyl)aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole, N-(N,N-di-2-hydroxyethyl)aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole and N-(N,N -Di-2-ethylhexyl)amino ethylene carboxy benzotriazole. As a commercial product of a carboxybenzotriazole compound, CBT-1 (JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO., LTD) is mentioned, for example.

自由基聚合抑制劑、苯并三唑化合物及羧基苯并三唑化合物的總含量的比例係相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.01質量%~3質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。從對感光性樹脂層賦予保存穩定性之觀點出發,將上述各成分的總含量的比例設為0.01質量%以上為較佳。另一方面,從維持靈敏度且抑制染料的脫色之觀點出發,將上述各成分的總含量的比例設為3質量%以下為較佳。The ratio of the total content of the radical polymerization inhibitor, the benzotriazole compound, and the carboxybenzotriazole compound relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.01% to 3%, preferably 0.05% to 1 The quality% is better. From the viewpoint of imparting storage stability to the photosensitive resin layer, the ratio of the total content of the respective components is preferably 0.01% by mass or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of maintaining sensitivity and suppressing decolorization of the dye, it is preferable to set the ratio of the total content of the respective components to 3% by mass or less.

感光性樹脂層係可以含有敏化劑。作為敏化劑,並無限制,可以使用公知的敏化劑。又,作為敏化劑,亦可以使用染料及顏料。作為敏化劑,例如可舉出二烷基胺基二苯甲酮化合物、吡唑啉化合物、蒽化合物、香豆素化合物、氧雜蒽酮化合物、9-氧硫口山口星化合物、吖啶酮化合物、㗁唑化合物、苯并㗁唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、三唑化合物(例如,1,2,4-三唑)、芪化合物、三𠯤化合物、噻吩化合物、萘二甲醯亞胺化合物、三芳基胺化合物及胺基吖啶化合物。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer is not limited, and a known sensitizer can be used. Moreover, as a sensitizer, dyes and pigments can also be used. As the sensitizer, for example, a dialkylamino benzophenone compound, a pyrazoline compound, an anthracene compound, a coumarin compound, a xanthone compound, a 9-oxathione compound, acridine Ketone compounds, azole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, triazole compounds (for example, 1,2,4-triazole), stilbene compounds, triazole compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalene dimethicone Amide compounds, triarylamine compounds, and aminoacridine compounds.

感光性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的敏化劑。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of sensitizers.

在感光性樹脂層含有敏化劑之情況下,敏化劑的含有比例係可以依據目的而適當選擇,但從提高對光源之靈敏度及藉由聚合速度與鏈轉移之間的平衡提高硬化速度之觀點出發,相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為0.01質量%~5質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。When the photosensitive resin layer contains a sensitizer, the content ratio of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. However, it is important to increase the sensitivity to the light source and increase the curing speed by the balance between the polymerization speed and the chain transfer. From a viewpoint, it is preferable that it is 0.01 mass%-5 mass% with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer, and it is more preferable that it is 0.05 mass%-1 mass %.

感光性樹脂層係可以含有選自由塑化劑及雜環狀化合物組成之群組中之至少一種。作為塑化劑及雜環狀化合物,例如可舉出國際公開第2018/179640號的0097段~0103段及0111段~0118段中記載之化合物。The photosensitive resin layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a plasticizer and a heterocyclic compound. Examples of plasticizers and heterocyclic compounds include compounds described in paragraphs 0097 to 0103 and paragraphs 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.

感光性樹脂層係可以含有聚合物A以外的樹脂。作為聚合物A以外的樹脂,可舉出丙烯酸樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物(其中,限於苯乙烯含有率為40質量%以下的共聚物。)、聚胺酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯醇縮甲醛、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙烯亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain resins other than polymer A. Examples of resins other than polymer A include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic copolymers (including those having a styrene content of 40% by mass or less), polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, and polyvinyl alcohol. Formaldehyde, polyamide resin, polyester resin, epoxy resin, polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, Polyallylamine and polyalkylene glycol.

感光性樹脂層係可以含有溶劑。在由含有溶劑之感光性樹脂組成物形成感光性樹脂層之情況下,有時溶劑會殘留在感光性樹脂層中。關於溶劑,待留後述。The photosensitive resin layer system may contain a solvent. When a photosensitive resin layer is formed from a photosensitive resin composition containing a solvent, the solvent may remain in the photosensitive resin layer. The solvent will be described later.

感光性樹脂層係例如可以含有選自由金屬氧化物粒子、抗氧化劑、分散劑、酸增殖劑、顯影促進劑、導電性纖維、熱自由基聚合起始劑、熱酸產生劑、紫外線吸收劑、增黏劑、交聯劑、有機沉澱抑制劑及無機沉澱抑制劑組成之群組中之至少一種作為添加劑。關於添加劑,例如記載於日本特開2014-085643號公報的0165段~0184段。上述公報的內容係藉由參閱引用於本說明書中。The photosensitive resin layer may contain, for example, metal oxide particles, antioxidants, dispersants, acid multipliers, development accelerators, conductive fibers, thermal radical polymerization initiators, thermal acid generators, ultraviolet absorbers, At least one of the group consisting of a tackifier, a crosslinking agent, an organic precipitation inhibitor, and an inorganic precipitation inhibitor is used as an additive. The additives are described in, for example, paragraphs 0165 to 0184 of JP 2014-085643 A. The content of the above-mentioned bulletin is quoted in this manual by reference.

以下,對上述成分的較佳的組合進行說明。在一實施形態中,感光性樹脂層係含有相對於感光性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%~90質量%的聚合物A、5質量%~70質量%的聚合性化合物B及0.01質量%~20質量%的光聚合起始劑為較佳。Hereinafter, the preferred combination of the above-mentioned components will be described. In one embodiment, the photosensitive resin layer contains 10% to 90% by mass of polymer A, 5% to 70% by mass of polymerizable compound B, and 0.01% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. ~20% by mass of the photopolymerization initiator is preferred.

(厚度) 感光性樹脂層的平均厚度係通常為0.1μm~300μm。感光性樹脂層的平均厚度係0.1μm以上為較佳,0.2μm以上為更佳,0.5μm為進一步較佳,1μm以上為特佳。感光性樹脂層的平均厚度係100μm以下為較佳,50μm以下為更佳,15μm以下為進一步較佳,8μm以下為特佳。藉由感光性樹脂層的平均厚度在上述範圍內,能夠提高感光性樹脂層的顯影性,提高解析度。(thickness) The average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is usually 0.1 μm to 300 μm. The average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm, and particularly preferably 1 μm or more. The average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 50 μm or less, more preferably 15 μm or less, and particularly preferably 8 μm or less. When the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is within the above range, the developability of the photosensitive resin layer can be improved, and the resolution can be improved.

在一實施形態中,感光性樹脂層的平均厚度係0.1μm~15μm為較佳,0.5μm~5μm為更佳,0.5μm~4μm為進一步較佳,0.5μm~3μm為特佳。In one embodiment, the average thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 15 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm to 5 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm to 4 μm, and particularly preferably 0.5 μm to 3 μm.

(透過率) 在感光性樹脂層中,從密接性更優異之觀點出發,波長365nm的光的透過率係10%以上為較佳,30%以上為更佳,50%以上為特佳。透過率的上限係不受限制。在感光性樹脂層中,波長365nm的光的透過率係99.9%以下為較佳。(Transmittance) In the photosensitive resin layer, from the viewpoint of better adhesion, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and particularly preferably 50% or more. The upper limit of the transmittance is not limited. In the photosensitive resin layer, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 99.9% or less.

(形成方法) 感光性樹脂層的形成方法係只要為能夠形成含有上述成分之層之方法,則不受限制。作為感光性樹脂層的形成方法,例如可舉出如下方法:將感光性樹脂組成物塗佈於偽支撐體的表面上,接著,將感光性樹脂組成物的塗膜進行乾燥。(Formation method) The method of forming the photosensitive resin layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above-mentioned components. As a method of forming the photosensitive resin layer, for example, a method of applying a photosensitive resin composition on the surface of the dummy support, and then drying the coating film of the photosensitive resin composition.

作為感光性樹脂組成物,例如可舉出含有聚合物A、聚合性化合物B、光聚合起始劑、任意成分及溶劑之組成物。為了調節感光性樹脂組成物的黏度而使感光性樹脂層容易形成,感光性樹脂組成物係含有溶劑為較佳。Examples of the photosensitive resin composition include a composition containing polymer A, polymerizable compound B, a photopolymerization initiator, optional components, and a solvent. In order to adjust the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition and facilitate the formation of the photosensitive resin layer, the photosensitive resin composition system preferably contains a solvent.

作為溶劑,只要為能夠溶解或分散聚合物A、聚合性化合物B、光聚合起始劑及任意成分之溶劑,則並無限制,可以使用公知的溶劑。作為溶劑,例如可舉出伸烷基二醇醚溶劑、伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑、醇溶劑(例如,甲醇及乙醇)、酮溶劑(例如,丙酮及甲基乙基酮)、芳香族烴溶劑(例如,甲苯)、非質子性極性溶劑(例如,N,N-二甲基甲醯胺)、環狀醚溶劑(例如,四氫呋喃)、酯溶劑、醯胺溶劑及內酯溶劑。The solvent is not limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the polymer A, the polymerizable compound B, the photopolymerization initiator, and optional components, and a known solvent can be used. Examples of solvents include alkylene glycol ether solvents, alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, alcohol solvents (for example, methanol and ethanol), ketone solvents (for example, acetone and methyl ethyl ketone), Aromatic hydrocarbon solvents (for example, toluene), aprotic polar solvents (for example, N,N-dimethylformamide), cyclic ether solvents (for example, tetrahydrofuran), ester solvents, amide solvents, and lactone solvents .

感光性樹脂組成物係含有選自由伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑組成之群組中之至少一種為較佳。感光性樹脂組成物係含有選自由伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑組成之群組中之至少一種和選自由酮溶劑及環狀醚溶劑組成之群組中之至少一種為更佳。感光性樹脂組成物係含有選自由伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑組成之群組中之至少一種、酮溶劑及環狀醚溶劑為特佳。The photosensitive resin composition preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent. The photosensitive resin composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents and selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents and cyclic ether solvents At least one of them is more preferable. It is particularly preferable that the photosensitive resin composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene glycol ether solvent and an alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent, a ketone solvent and a cyclic ether solvent.

作為伸烷基二醇醚溶劑,例如可舉出乙二醇單烷基醚、乙二醇二烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚、丙二醇二烷基醚、二乙二醇二烷基醚、二丙二醇單烷基醚及二丙二醇二烷基醚。As the alkylene glycol ether solvent, for example, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, Dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether.

作為伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑,例如可舉出乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯及二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯。Examples of the alkylene glycol ether acetate solvent include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, and dipropylene glycol Monoalkyl ether acetate.

作為溶劑,亦可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0092段~0094段中記載之溶劑及日本特開2018-177889號公報的0014段中記載之溶劑。該等內容係藉由參閱引用於本說明書中。As the solvent, the solvent described in Paragraph 0092 to Paragraph 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvent described in Paragraph 0014 of JP 2018-177889 A can also be used. These contents are quoted in this manual by reference.

感光性樹脂組成物係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的溶劑。The photosensitive resin composition system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of solvents.

感光性樹脂組成物中的溶劑的含有比例係相對於感光性樹脂組成物中的全部固體成分100質量份為50質量份~1,900質量份為較佳,100質量份~900質量份為更佳。The content ratio of the solvent in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and more preferably 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of all solids in the photosensitive resin composition.

感光性樹脂組成物的製備方法係不受限制。作為感光性樹脂組成物的製備方法,例如可舉出如下方法:預先製備溶劑中溶解有各成分之溶液,以預定的比例混合所得之各溶液,藉此製備感光性樹脂組成物。感光性樹脂組成物係在形成感光性樹脂層之前使用孔徑為0.2μm~30μm的過濾器進行過濾為較佳。The preparation method of the photosensitive resin composition is not limited. As a method of preparing the photosensitive resin composition, for example, the following method is exemplified: a solution in which each component is dissolved in a solvent is prepared in advance, and the obtained solutions are mixed in a predetermined ratio to prepare the photosensitive resin composition. The photosensitive resin composition is preferably filtered with a filter having a pore diameter of 0.2 μm to 30 μm before forming the photosensitive resin layer.

作為感光性樹脂組成物的塗佈方法,並無限制,可以使用公知的方法。作為塗佈方法,例如可舉出狹縫塗佈、旋轉塗佈、簾式塗佈及噴墨塗佈。The coating method of the photosensitive resin composition is not limited, and a known method can be used. Examples of coating methods include slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating, and inkjet coating.

又,感光性樹脂層係亦可以藉由將感光性樹脂組成物塗佈於後述之覆蓋膜上並使其乾燥來形成。Moreover, the photosensitive resin layer system can also be formed by coating a photosensitive resin composition on the cover film mentioned later, and drying it.

(雜質等) 感光性樹脂層係可以含有預定量的雜質。作為雜質的具體例,可舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、錳、銅、鋁、鈦、鉻、鈷、鎳、鋅、錫、鹵素及該等的離子。上述中,鹵化物離子、鈉離子及鉀離子係容易作為雜質而混入,因此設為下述含量為較佳。(Impurities, etc.) The photosensitive resin layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities. Specific examples of impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogen, and these ions. Among the above, halide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are easily mixed as impurities, so it is preferable to set the following contents.

以質量為基準,感光性樹脂層中的雜質的含量係80ppm以下為較佳,10ppm以下為更佳,2ppm以下為進一步較佳。以質量為基準,感光性樹脂層中的雜質的含量係可以設為1ppb以上或0.1ppm以上。Based on the mass, the content of the impurities in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 80 ppm or less, more preferably 10 ppm or less, and even more preferably 2 ppm or less. Based on the mass, the content of impurities in the photosensitive resin layer can be 1 ppb or more or 0.1 ppm or more.

作為將雜質限制在上述範圍內之方法,可舉出將雜質的含量較少的原料選為感光性樹脂層的原料、形成感光性樹脂層時防止雜質的混入及清洗製造設備以去除雜質。藉由這樣的方法,能夠將雜質量限制在上述範圍內。As a method of restricting impurities within the above-mentioned range, a raw material with a low content of impurities is selected as the raw material of the photosensitive resin layer, the mixing of impurities is prevented when the photosensitive resin layer is formed, and the manufacturing equipment is cleaned to remove the impurities. With this method, the amount of impurities can be limited within the above range.

雜質係可以藉由公知的方法、例如ICP(感應耦合電漿(Inductively Coupled Plasma))發射光譜分析法、原子吸收光譜法或離子層析法來定量。Impurities can be quantified by a known method, such as ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectrometry, atomic absorption spectroscopy, or ion chromatography.

感光性樹脂層中的苯、甲醛、三氯乙烯、1,3-丁二烯、四氯化碳、氯仿、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及己烷的含量係較少為較佳。作為上述化合物在感光性樹脂層中的含量,以質量為基準,係100ppm以下為較佳,20ppm以下為更佳,4ppm以下為進一步較佳。以質量為基準,上述化合物在感光性樹脂層中的含量係可以設為10ppb以上或100ppb以上。上述化合物係可以以與上述金屬的雜質相同的方法抑制含量。又,可以藉由公知的測定法來定量。Benzene, formaldehyde, trichloroethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide in the photosensitive resin layer And the content of hexane is less preferably. As the content of the above-mentioned compound in the photosensitive resin layer, based on the mass, it is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 20 ppm or less, and more preferably 4 ppm or less. The content of the above-mentioned compound in the photosensitive resin layer can be 10 ppb or more or 100 ppb or more based on mass. The above-mentioned compound system can suppress the content by the same method as the above-mentioned metal impurity. In addition, it can be quantified by a known measurement method.

從提高可靠性及層合性之觀點出發,感光性樹脂層中的水的含量係0.01質量%~1.0質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~0.5質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of improving reliability and laminating properties, the content of water in the photosensitive resin layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.05% by mass to 0.5% by mass.

[其他層] 本揭示之感光性轉印材料係可以具有上述層以外的層(以下,稱為“其他層”。)。作為其他層,可舉出覆蓋膜、熱塑性樹脂層、中間層及對比度增強層。[Other layers] The photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure may have layers other than the above-mentioned layers (hereinafter referred to as "other layers"). Examples of other layers include a cover film, a thermoplastic resin layer, an intermediate layer, and a contrast enhancement layer.

(覆蓋膜) 本揭示之感光性轉印材料係可以具有覆蓋膜(亦稱為保護膜。)。依據覆蓋膜,能夠保護與覆蓋膜接觸之層(例如,感光性樹脂層)的表面。(Cover film) The photosensitive transfer material of this disclosure may have a cover film (also called a protective film). According to the cover film, the surface of the layer (for example, photosensitive resin layer) in contact with the cover film can be protected.

在一實施形態中,感光性轉印材料係依序包括偽支撐體、感光性樹脂層及覆蓋膜為較佳。在上述感光性轉印材料中,感光性樹脂層係可以直接或經由任意的層積層於偽支撐體上。在上述感光性轉印材料中,覆蓋膜係可以直接或經由任意的層積層於感光性樹脂層上。作為上述感光性轉印材料中的任意的層,例如可舉出後述之熱塑性樹脂層、中間層及對比度增強層。但是,任意的層係並不限於上述層者。In one embodiment, it is preferable that the photosensitive transfer material includes a dummy support, a photosensitive resin layer, and a cover film in this order. In the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material, the photosensitive resin layer system may be laminated on the dummy support directly or through arbitrary layers. In the above-mentioned photosensitive transfer material, the cover film system may be layered on the photosensitive resin layer directly or via arbitrary layers. As an arbitrary layer in the said photosensitive transfer material, a thermoplastic resin layer, an intermediate layer, and a contrast enhancement layer mentioned later are mentioned, for example. However, the arbitrary layer system is not limited to those of the above-mentioned layers.

在一實施形態中,感光性轉印材料係具有與感光性樹脂層的與配置有偽支撐體之一側相反的一側的面接觸之覆蓋膜為較佳。In one embodiment, the photosensitive transfer material preferably has a cover film that is in contact with the surface of the photosensitive resin layer on the side opposite to the side where the dummy support is arranged.

作為覆蓋膜,例如可舉出樹脂膜及紙。從強度及可撓性的觀點出發,覆蓋膜係樹脂膜為較佳。As a cover film, a resin film and paper are mentioned, for example. From the viewpoint of strength and flexibility, a cover film-based resin film is preferred.

作為樹脂膜,例如可舉出聚乙烯膜、聚丙烯膜、聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯膜、三乙酸纖維素膜、聚苯乙烯膜及聚碳酸酯膜。樹脂膜係聚乙烯膜、聚丙烯膜或聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯膜為較佳。Examples of resin films include polyethylene films, polypropylene films, polyethylene terephthalate films, cellulose triacetate films, polystyrene films, and polycarbonate films. The resin film is preferably a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, or a polyethylene terephthalate film.

覆蓋膜的厚度係不受限制。覆蓋膜的平均厚度係5μm~100μm為較佳,10μm~50μm為更佳,10μm~20μm為特佳。The thickness of the cover film is not limited. The average thickness of the cover film is preferably 5 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 50 μm, and particularly preferably 10 μm to 20 μm.

從解析度更優異之觀點出發,覆蓋膜的配置有感光性樹脂層之一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra係0.3μm以下為較佳,0.1μm以下為更佳,0.05μm以下為特佳。藉由覆蓋膜的配置有感光性樹脂層之一側的面的算術平均粗糙度在上述範圍內,可提高感光性樹脂層及形成之樹脂圖案的厚度的均勻性。算術平均粗糙度Ra的下限係不受限制。覆蓋膜的配置有感光性樹脂層之一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra係0.001μm以上為較佳。覆蓋膜的配置有感光性樹脂層之一側的面的算術平均粗糙度Ra係藉由基於上述“偽支撐體”項中說明之算術平均粗糙度Ra的測定方法之方法來測定。From the viewpoint of more excellent resolution, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the cover film on the side where the photosensitive resin layer is arranged is preferably 0.3μm or less, more preferably 0.1μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.05μm or less . When the arithmetic average roughness of the surface of the cover film on the side where the photosensitive resin layer is disposed is within the above range, the uniformity of the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer and the formed resin pattern can be improved. The lower limit of the arithmetic average roughness Ra is not limited. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the cover film on the side where the photosensitive resin layer is arranged is preferably 0.001 μm or more. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the cover film on the side where the photosensitive resin layer is arranged is measured by a method based on the method for measuring the arithmetic mean roughness Ra described in the "pseudo support" section.

(熱塑性樹脂層) 本揭示之感光性轉印材料係可以具有熱塑性樹脂層。在一實施形態中,感光性轉印材料係在偽支撐體與感光性樹脂層之間具有熱塑性樹脂層為較佳。這是因為,藉由感光性轉印材料在偽支撐體與感光性樹脂層之間具有熱塑性樹脂層,可提高貼合於基板之步驟中的對基板的追隨性,從而抑制氣泡混入基板與感光性轉印材料之間,其結果,可提高層之間的密接性。(Thermoplastic resin layer) The photosensitive transfer material of this disclosure may have a thermoplastic resin layer. In one embodiment, the photosensitive transfer material preferably has a thermoplastic resin layer between the dummy support and the photosensitive resin layer. This is because the photosensitive transfer material has a thermoplastic resin layer between the dummy support and the photosensitive resin layer, which can improve the followability to the substrate in the step of attaching to the substrate, thereby suppressing the mixing of air bubbles into the substrate and the photosensitive resin layer. As a result, the adhesion between the layers can be improved.

-鹼可溶性樹脂- 熱塑性樹脂層係含有鹼可溶性樹脂作為熱塑性樹脂為較佳。-Alkali-soluble resin- The thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin as the thermoplastic resin.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,例如可舉出丙烯酸樹脂、聚苯乙烯樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物、聚胺酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯醇縮甲醛、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙烯亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。Examples of alkali-soluble resins include acrylic resins, polystyrene resins, styrene-acrylic copolymers, polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formal, polyamide resins, polyester resins, epoxy resins, Polyacetal resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine and polyalkylene glycol.

從顯影性及對與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性的觀點出發,鹼可溶性樹脂係丙烯酸樹脂為較佳。在此,“丙烯酸樹脂”意味著具有選自由源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元、源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元及源自(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺之構成單元組成之群組中之至少一種之樹脂。From the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, an alkali-soluble resin-based acrylic resin is preferred. Here, "acrylic resin" means having a group consisting of a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylate, and a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylamide At least one resin in the group.

在丙烯酸樹脂中,源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元、源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元及源自(甲基)丙烯酸醯胺之構成單元的總含量的比例係相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量為50質量%以上為較佳。在丙烯酸樹脂中,源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元及源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之構成單元的總含量的比例係相對於丙烯酸樹脂的總質量為30質量%~100質量%為較佳,50質量%~100質量%為更佳。In acrylic resin, the ratio of total content of (meth)acrylic acid-derived structural units, (meth)acrylate-derived structural units, and (meth)acrylic acid amide-derived structural units is relative to acrylic resin It is preferable that the total mass of the product is 50% by mass or more. In acrylic resin, the ratio of the total content of (meth)acrylic acid-derived structural units and (meth)acrylate-derived structural units is 30% to 100% by mass relative to the total mass of acrylic resin. Preferably, 50% by mass to 100% by mass is more preferable.

又,鹼可溶性樹脂係具有酸基之聚合物為較佳。作為酸基,例如可舉出羧基、磺基、磷酸基及膦酸基,羧基為較佳。In addition, alkali-soluble resins are preferably polymers having acid groups. As the acid group, for example, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group can be mentioned, and a carboxyl group is preferred.

從顯影性的觀點出發,鹼可溶性樹脂係酸值為60mgKOH/g以上之鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳,酸值為60mgKOH/g以上之含羧基之丙烯酸樹脂為更佳。酸值的上限係不受限制。鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值係200mgKOH/g以下為較佳,150mgKOH/g以下為更佳。From the viewpoint of developability, alkali-soluble resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more are preferably alkali-soluble resins, and carboxyl group-containing acrylic resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more are more preferable. The upper limit of the acid value is not limited. The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less.

作為酸值為60mgKOH/g以上之含羧基之丙烯酸樹脂,並無限制,可以從公知的樹脂中適當選擇使用。作為酸值為60mgKOH/g以上之含羧基之丙烯酸樹脂,例如可舉出日本特開2011-095716號公報的0025段中記載之聚合物中酸值為60mgKOH/g以上之含羧基之丙烯酸樹脂、日本特開2010-237589號公報的0033段~0052段中記載之聚合物中酸值為60mgKOH/g以上之含羧基之丙烯酸樹脂及日本特開2016-224162號公報的0053段~0068段中記載之黏合劑聚合物中酸值為60mgKOH/g以上之含羧基之丙烯酸樹脂。The carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more is not limited, and it can be appropriately selected and used from known resins. Examples of carboxyl group-containing acrylic resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more include carboxyl group-containing acrylic resins having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more in polymers described in paragraph 0025 of JP 2011-095716 A, The carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin with an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more in the polymer described in paragraphs 0033 to 0052 of JP 2010-237589 A, and paragraphs 0053 to 0068 of JP 2016-224162 A carboxyl-containing acrylic resin with an acid value of 60mgKOH/g or more in the binder polymer.

含羧基之丙烯酸樹脂中的具有羧基之構成單元的含有比例係相對於含羧基之丙烯酸樹脂的總質量為5質量%~50質量%為較佳,10質量%~40質量%為更佳,12質量%~30質量%為特佳。The content ratio of the carboxyl group-containing structural unit in the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin is preferably 5% to 50% by mass relative to the total mass of the carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin, more preferably 10% to 40% by mass, 12 Mass%-30% by mass is particularly good.

從顯影性及對與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性的觀點出發,鹼可溶性樹脂係具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元之丙烯酸樹脂為特佳。From the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, an alkali-soluble resin type acrylic resin having structural units derived from (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferred.

鹼可溶性樹脂係可以具有反應性基。反應性基係例如可以為可加成聚合之基。作為反應性基,例如可舉出乙烯性不飽和基、縮聚合性基(例如,羥基及羧基)及加成聚合反應性基(例如,環氧基及(嵌段)異氰酸酯基)。The alkali-soluble resin system may have a reactive group. The reactive group may be, for example, an addition polymerizable group. As the reactive group, for example, an ethylenically unsaturated group, a condensation polymerizable group (for example, a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group), and an addition polymerization reactive group (for example, an epoxy group and a (blocked) isocyanate group) are mentioned.

鹼可溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)係1,000以上為較佳,1萬~10萬為更佳,2萬~5萬為特佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, and particularly preferably 20,000 to 50,000.

熱塑性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的鹼可溶性樹脂。The thermoplastic resin layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of alkali-soluble resins.

從顯影性及對與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性的觀點出發,鹼可溶性樹脂的含有比例係相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為10質量%~99質量%為較佳,20質量%~90質量%為更佳,40質量%~80質量%為進一步較佳,50質量%~70質量%為特佳。From the viewpoint of developability and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, the content of alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10% to 99% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer, 20% by mass -90% by mass is more preferable, 40% by mass to 80% by mass is still more preferable, and 50% by mass to 70% by mass is particularly preferable.

-色素- 熱塑性樹脂層係含有顯色時的波長範圍亦即400nm~780nm下的最大吸收波長為450nm以上且最大吸收波長因酸、鹼或自由基而發生變化之色素(以下,有時稱為“色素B”。)為較佳。除後述之方面以外,色素B的較佳的態樣係與上述色素N的較佳的態樣相同。-pigment- The thermoplastic resin layer contains pigments whose maximum absorption wavelength at 400nm-780nm is 450nm or more and the maximum absorption wavelength changes due to acid, alkali, or free radicals (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "dye B ".) is better. Except for the aspects described below, the preferred aspect of the pigment B is the same as the preferred aspect of the above-mentioned pigment N.

從曝光部的視覺辨認性、未曝光部的視覺辨認性及解析度的觀點出發,色素B係最大吸收波長因酸或自由基而發生變化之色素為較佳,最大吸收波長因酸而發生變化之色素為更佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility and resolution of the unexposed part, the pigment B is preferably a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength changes due to acid or free radicals, and the maximum absorption wavelength changes due to acid The pigment is better.

從曝光部的視覺辨認性、未曝光部的視覺辨認性及解析度的觀點出發,熱塑性層係含有最大吸收波長因酸而發生變化之色素和藉由後述之光產生酸之化合物作為色素B為較佳。From the viewpoints of the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility and resolution of the unexposed part, the thermoplastic layer contains a pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength changes due to acid and a compound that generates acid by light as described later as the pigment B. Better.

熱塑性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的色素B。The thermoplastic resin layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of dye B.

從曝光部的視覺辨認性、未曝光部的視覺辨認性的觀點出發,色素B的含有比例係相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為0.2質量%以上為較佳,0.2質量%~6質量%為更佳,0.2質量%~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.25質量%~3.0質量%為特佳。From the viewpoint of visibility of the exposed part and the visibility of the unexposed part, the content of the pigment B is preferably 0.2% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer, and 0.2% by mass to 6% by mass is More preferably, 0.2% by mass to 5% by mass is still more preferable, and 0.25% by mass to 3.0% by mass is particularly preferable.

在此,色素B的含有比例係意味著使熱塑性樹脂層中所含之所有色素B成為顯色狀態時的色素的含有比例。以下,以藉由自由基顯色之色素為例,對色素B的含有比例的定量方法進行說明。製備將色素(0.001g)及色素(0.01g)分別溶解於甲基乙基酮(100mL)中而得之兩個溶液。在所得之各溶液中添加IRGACURE OXE-01(BASF公司)作為光自由基聚合起始劑之後,藉由照射365nm的光來產生自由基,使所有色素成為顯色狀態。接著,在大氣環境中,使用分光光度計(UV3100、Shimadzu Corporation)測定液體溫度為25℃之各溶液的吸光度,製作校準曲線。接著,代替色素,將熱塑性樹脂層(0.1g)溶解於甲基乙基酮中,除此之外,以與上述相同的方法,測定使所有色素顯色之溶液的吸光度。由所得之含有熱塑性樹脂層之溶液的吸光度,依據校準曲線計算熱塑性樹脂層中所含之色素的量。Here, the content ratio of the dye B means the content ratio of the dye when all the dye B contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of the pigment B will be described by taking a pigment that develops color by free radicals as an example. Two solutions were prepared by dissolving the pigment (0.001 g) and the pigment (0.01 g) in methyl ethyl ketone (100 mL). After adding IRGACURE OXE-01 (BASF Corporation) as a photo-radical polymerization initiator to each of the resulting solutions, radicals are generated by irradiating 365nm light, so that all pigments become color-developing states. Next, in an atmospheric environment, a spectrophotometer (UV3100, Shimadzu Corporation) was used to measure the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25°C to create a calibration curve. Next, in place of the dye, the thermoplastic resin layer (0.1 g) was dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone, and except that the absorbance of the solution that developed all the dyes was measured by the same method as described above. From the absorbance of the resulting solution containing the thermoplastic resin layer, the amount of the pigment contained in the thermoplastic resin layer is calculated according to the calibration curve.

-藉由光產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物- 熱塑性樹脂層係可以含有藉由光產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物(以下,有時稱為“化合物C”。)。化合物C係接收活化光線(例如,紫外線及可見光線)而產生酸、鹼或自由基之化合物為較佳。作為化合物C,可舉出公知的光酸產生劑、光鹼產生劑及光自由基聚合起始劑(光自由基產生劑)。化合物C係光酸產生劑為較佳。-Compounds that generate acids, bases or free radicals by light- The thermoplastic resin layer may contain a compound that generates an acid, a base, or a radical by light (hereinafter, it may be referred to as "compound C"). Compound C is preferably a compound that receives activating light (for example, ultraviolet light and visible light) to generate acid, base or free radical. As the compound C, known photoacid generators, photobase generators, and photoradical polymerization initiators (photoradical generators) can be mentioned. The compound C-based photoacid generator is preferred.

〔光酸產生劑〕 從解析度的觀點出發,熱塑性樹脂層係含有光酸產生劑為較佳。作為光酸產生劑,可舉出上述感光性樹脂層中可含有之光陽離子聚合起始劑,除後述之方面以外,較佳的態樣亦相同。〔Photoacid generator〕 From the viewpoint of resolution, the thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a photoacid generator. As a photoacid generator, the photocationic polymerization initiator which may be contained in the said photosensitive resin layer is mentioned, and the preferable aspect is also the same except the point mentioned later.

從靈敏度及解析度的觀點出發,光酸產生劑係含有選自由鎓鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物組成之群組中之至少一種為較佳,從靈敏度、解析度及密接性的觀點出發,含有肟磺酸鹽化合物為更佳。From the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, the photoacid generator preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of onium salt compounds and oxime sulfonate compounds. From the viewpoints of sensitivity, resolution, and adhesion, It is more preferable to contain an oxime sulfonate compound.

又,光酸產生劑係具有以下構造之光酸產生劑亦較佳。Moreover, it is also preferable that the photoacid generator is a photoacid generator which has the following structure.

[化學式6]

Figure 02_image011
[Chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image011

〔光鹼產生劑〕 熱塑性樹脂層係可以含有光鹼產生劑。作為光鹼產生劑,例如可舉出2-硝基苄基環己基胺基甲酸酯、三苯基甲醇、O-胺基甲醯基羥醯胺、O-胺基甲醯基肟、[[(2,6-二硝基苄基)氧基]羰基]環己胺、雙[[(2-硝基苄基)氧基]羰基]己烷1,6-二胺、4-(甲硫基苯甲醯基)-1-甲基-1-口末啉基乙烷、(4-口末啉基苯甲醯)-1-苄基-1-二甲基胺基丙烷、N-(2-硝基苄基氧基羰基)吡咯啶、六氨基鈷(III)三(三苯基甲基硼酸酯)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)-丁酮、2,6-二甲基-3,5-二乙醯基-4-(2-硝基苯基)-1,4-二羥基吡啶及2,6-二甲基-3,5-二乙醯基-4-(2,4-二硝基苯基)-1,4-二羥基吡啶。〔Photobase generator〕 The thermoplastic resin layer system may contain a photobase generator. As the photobase generator, for example, 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, triphenylmethanol, O-aminomethanyl hydroxyamide, O-aminomethanyl oxime, [ [(2,6-Dinitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl]cyclohexylamine, bis[[(2-nitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl]hexane 1,6-diamine, 4-(methyl Thiobenzyl)-1-methyl-1-endolinoethane, (4-endolinylbenzyl)-1-benzyl-1-dimethylaminopropane, N- (2-Nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl)pyrrolidine, hexaaminocobalt(III) tris(triphenylmethyl borate), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4- Endolinophenyl)-butanone, 2,6-dimethyl-3,5-diethanyl-4-(2-nitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydroxypyridine and 2,6 -Dimethyl-3,5-diacetyl-4-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)-1,4-dihydroxypyridine.

〔光自由基聚合起始劑〕 熱塑性樹脂層係可以含有光自由基聚合起始劑。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如可舉出上述感光性樹脂層可含有之光自由基聚合起始劑,較佳的態樣亦相同。〔Initiator for photoradical polymerization〕 The thermoplastic resin layer system may contain a photoradical polymerization initiator. Examples of the photo-radical polymerization initiator include photo-radical polymerization initiators that can be contained in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer, and preferred aspects are also the same.

熱塑性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的化合物C。The thermoplastic resin layer system may contain one kind of compound C alone or two or more kinds of compound C.

從曝光部的視覺辨認性、未曝光部的視覺辨認性及解析度的觀點出發,化合物C的含有比例係相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為0.1質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.5質量%~5質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part, the visibility of the unexposed part, and the resolution, the content of compound C is preferably 0.1% to 10% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer, 0.5 mass% %~5% by mass is more preferable.

(塑化劑) 從解析度、對與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性及顯影性的觀點出發,熱塑性樹脂層係含有塑化劑為較佳。(Plasticizer) From the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability, the thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a plasticizer.

塑化劑的分子量(關於寡聚物或聚合物的分子量,稱為重量平均分子量(Mw)。以下,在本段中相同。)係小於鹼可溶性樹脂的分子量為較佳。塑化劑的分子量係200~2,000為較佳。The molecular weight of the plasticizer (the molecular weight of the oligomer or polymer is referred to as the weight average molecular weight (Mw). Hereinafter, the same in this paragraph) is preferably smaller than the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin. The molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 200 to 2,000.

塑化劑係只要為與鹼可溶性樹脂相溶而顯現出可塑性之化合物,則不受限制。從賦予可塑性之觀點出發,塑化劑係在分子中具有伸烷氧基之化合物為較佳,聚伸烷基二醇化合物為更佳。塑化劑中所含之伸烷氧基係具有聚乙烯氧基構造或聚丙烯氧基構造為較佳。The plasticizer is not limited as long as it is a compound that is compatible with the alkali-soluble resin and exhibits plasticity. From the viewpoint of imparting plasticity, the plasticizer is preferably a compound having an alkylene group in the molecule, and a polyalkylene glycol compound is more preferred. The alkoxy group contained in the plasticizer preferably has a polyvinyloxy structure or a polypropyleneoxy structure.

從解析度及保存穩定性的觀點出發,塑化劑係含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。從相容性、解析度及對與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性的觀點出發,鹼可溶性樹脂為丙烯酸樹脂且塑化劑含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。From the viewpoint of resolution and storage stability, the plasticizer preferably contains a (meth)acrylate compound. From the viewpoint of compatibility, resolution, and adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, it is more preferable that the alkali-soluble resin is an acrylic resin and the plasticizer contains a (meth)acrylate compound.

作為用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,例如可舉出上述“聚合性化合物B”項中記載之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。在感光性轉印材料中,在熱塑性樹脂層與感光性樹脂層以直接接觸之方式配置之情況下,熱塑性樹脂層及感光性樹脂層係分別含有相同的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。這是因為,藉由熱塑性樹脂層及感光性樹脂層分別含有相同的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,可抑制層之間的成分擴散,提高保存穩定性。As a (meth)acrylate compound used as a plasticizer, the (meth)acrylate compound described in the item of the said "polymerizable compound B" can be mentioned, for example. In the photosensitive transfer material, when the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer are arranged in direct contact, it is preferable that the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer contain the same (meth)acrylate compound respectively . This is because when the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer contain the same (meth)acrylate compound, respectively, the diffusion of the components between the layers can be suppressed, and the storage stability can be improved.

在熱塑性樹脂層含有(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物作為塑化劑之情況下,從對與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性的觀點出發,(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物係在曝光後的曝光部中亦不聚合為較佳。When the thermoplastic resin layer contains a (meth)acrylate compound as a plasticizer, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, the (meth)acrylate compound is used after exposure It is better not to polymerize in the part.

在一實施形態中,從解析度、對與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性及顯影性的觀點出發,用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物係在一個分子中具有2個以上的(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。In one embodiment, from the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability, the (meth)acrylate compound used as a plasticizer has two in one molecule The above (meth)acrylic (meth)acrylate compounds are preferred.

在一實施形態中,用作塑化劑之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物係具有酸基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物或胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。In one embodiment, the (meth)acrylate compound used as the plasticizer is preferably a (meth)acrylate compound having an acid group or a urethane (meth)acrylate compound.

熱塑性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的塑化劑。The thermoplastic resin layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of plasticizers.

從解析度、對與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性及顯影性的觀點出發,塑化劑的含有比例係相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為1質量%~70質量%為較佳,10質量%~60質量%為更佳,20質量%~50質量%為特佳。From the viewpoints of resolution, adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, and developability, the content of the plasticizer is preferably 1% to 70% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. 10% by mass to 60% by mass is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 50% by mass is particularly preferable.

(界面活性劑) 從厚度的均勻性的觀點出發,熱塑性樹脂層係含有界面活性劑為較佳。作為界面活性劑,例如可舉出上述感光性樹脂層可含有之界面活性劑,較佳的態樣亦相同。(Interface active agent) From the viewpoint of thickness uniformity, the thermoplastic resin layer preferably contains a surfactant. As a surfactant, the surfactant which the said photosensitive resin layer may contain is mentioned, for example, and the preferable aspect is also the same.

熱塑性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的界面活性劑。The thermoplastic resin layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of surfactants.

界面活性劑的含有比例係相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為0.001質量%~10質量%為較佳,0.01質量%~3質量%為更佳。The content ratio of the surfactant relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass.

(敏化劑) 熱塑性樹脂層係可以含有敏化劑。作為敏化劑,例如可舉出上述感光性樹脂層可含有之敏化劑。(Sensitizer) The thermoplastic resin layer system may contain a sensitizer. As a sensitizer, the sensitizer which the said photosensitive resin layer may contain is mentioned, for example.

熱塑性樹脂層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的敏化劑。The thermoplastic resin layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of sensitizers.

從對光源的靈敏度的提高、曝光部的視覺辨認性及未曝光部的視覺辨認性的觀點出發,敏化劑的含有比例係相對於熱塑性樹脂層的總質量為0.01質量%~5質量%為較佳,0.05質量%~1質量%為更佳。From the viewpoint of the improvement of the sensitivity to the light source, the visibility of the exposed part and the visibility of the unexposed part, the content of the sensitizer is 0.01% to 5% by mass relative to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin layer. Preferably, 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass is more preferable.

(添加劑) 除上述成分以外,熱塑性樹脂層係還可以依據需要含有公知的添加劑。(additive) In addition to the above-mentioned components, the thermoplastic resin layer system may contain well-known additives as necessary.

又,關於熱塑性樹脂層,記載於日本特開2014-085643號公報的0189段~0193段中。上述公報的內容係藉由參閱引用於本說明書中。In addition, the thermoplastic resin layer is described in paragraphs 0189 to 0193 of JP 2014-085643 A. The content of the above-mentioned bulletin is quoted in this manual by reference.

(厚度) 熱塑性樹脂層的厚度係不受限制。從對與熱塑性樹脂層相鄰之層的密接性的觀點出發,熱塑性樹脂層的平均厚度係1μm以上為較佳,2μm以上為更佳。熱塑性樹脂層的平均厚度的上限係不受限制。從顯影性及解析度的觀點出發,熱塑性樹脂層的平均厚度係20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,5μm以下為特佳。(thickness) The thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of adhesion to the layer adjacent to the thermoplastic resin layer, the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 1 μm or more, and more preferably 2 μm or more. The upper limit of the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited. From the viewpoint of developability and resolution, the average thickness of the thermoplastic resin layer is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or less.

(形成方法) 熱塑性樹脂層的形成方法係只要為能夠形成含有上述成分之層之方法,則不受限制。作為熱塑性樹脂層的形成方法,例如可舉出如下方法:將熱塑性樹脂組成物塗佈於偽支撐體的表面上,並將熱塑性樹脂組成物的塗膜進行乾燥。(Formation method) The method of forming the thermoplastic resin layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above-mentioned components. As a method of forming the thermoplastic resin layer, for example, a method of applying a thermoplastic resin composition on the surface of the pseudo support and drying the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition is mentioned.

作為熱塑性樹脂組成物,例如可舉出含有上述成分之組成物。為了調節熱塑性樹脂組成物的黏度而使熱塑性樹脂層容易形成,熱塑性樹脂組成物係含有溶劑為較佳。As a thermoplastic resin composition, the composition containing the said component is mentioned, for example. In order to adjust the viscosity of the thermoplastic resin composition to facilitate the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer, the thermoplastic resin composition system preferably contains a solvent.

-溶劑- 作為熱塑性樹脂組成物中所含之溶劑,只要為能夠溶解或分散熱塑性樹脂層中所含之成分之溶劑,則不受限制。作為溶劑,可舉出上述感光性樹脂組成物可含有之溶劑,較佳的態樣亦相同。-Solvent- The solvent contained in the thermoplastic resin composition is not limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer. As a solvent, the solvent which can be contained in the said photosensitive resin composition is mentioned, and a preferable aspect is also the same.

熱塑性樹脂組成物係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的溶劑。The thermoplastic resin composition system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of solvents.

熱塑性樹脂組成物中的溶劑的含有比例係相對於熱塑性樹脂組成物中的全部固體成分100質量份為50質量份~1,900質量份為較佳,100質量份~900質量份為更佳。The content ratio of the solvent in the thermoplastic resin composition is preferably 50 parts by mass to 1,900 parts by mass, and more preferably 100 parts by mass to 900 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the thermoplastic resin composition.

熱塑性樹脂組成物的製備及熱塑性樹脂層的形成係依據上述感光性樹脂組成物的製備方法及感光性樹脂層的形成方法進行即可。例如,預先製備溶劑中溶解有熱塑性樹脂層中所含之各成分之溶液,以預定的比例混合所得之各溶液,藉此製備出熱塑性樹脂組成物之後,將所得之熱塑性樹脂組成物塗佈於偽支撐體的表面,並將熱塑性樹脂組成物的塗膜進行乾燥,藉此能夠形成熱塑性樹脂層。又,亦可以在後述之覆蓋膜上形成感光性樹脂層之後,在感光性樹脂層的表面上形成熱塑性樹脂層。The preparation of the thermoplastic resin composition and the formation of the thermoplastic resin layer may be carried out in accordance with the method for preparing the photosensitive resin composition and the method for forming the photosensitive resin layer described above. For example, a solution in which the components contained in the thermoplastic resin layer are dissolved in a solvent is prepared in advance, and the resulting solutions are mixed in a predetermined ratio to prepare a thermoplastic resin composition, and then the resulting thermoplastic resin composition is applied to By drying the coating film of the thermoplastic resin composition on the surface of the pseudo support, the thermoplastic resin layer can be formed. Moreover, after forming the photosensitive resin layer on the cover film mentioned later, you may form a thermoplastic resin layer on the surface of the photosensitive resin layer.

(中間層) 本揭示之感光性轉印材料係在熱塑性樹脂層與感光性樹脂層之間具有中間層為較佳。依據中間層,能夠在形成複數個層時及保存複數個層時抑制成分的混合。(middle layer) The photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure preferably has an intermediate layer between the thermoplastic resin layer and the photosensitive resin layer. According to the intermediate layer, it is possible to suppress mixing of components when forming a plurality of layers and when storing the plurality of layers.

從顯影性以及在對複數個層進行塗佈時及塗佈後進行保存時抑制成分的混合之觀點出發,中間層係水溶性的層為較佳。在本揭示中,“水溶性”意味著在液體溫度為22℃之pH7.0的水100g中的溶解度為0.1g以上。From the viewpoints of developing properties and suppressing mixing of components when coating a plurality of layers and when storing after coating, the intermediate layer is preferably a water-soluble layer. In the present disclosure, "water-soluble" means that the solubility in 100 g of water with a liquid temperature of 22°C and pH 7.0 is 0.1 g or more.

作為中間層,例如可舉出日本特開平5-072724號公報中記載為“分離層”之具有氧阻隔功能之氧阻隔層。藉由中間層為氧阻隔層,可提高曝光時的靈敏度,從而減少曝光機的時間負荷,其結果,可提高生產率。用作中間層之氧阻隔層係從公知的層中適當選擇即可。用作中間層之氧阻隔層係顯示出低的透氧性且分散或溶解於水或鹼水溶液(22℃的碳酸鈉的1質量%水溶液)中之氧阻隔層為較佳。As the intermediate layer, for example, an oxygen barrier layer having an oxygen barrier function described as a "separation layer" in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5-072724 can be cited. Since the intermediate layer is an oxygen barrier layer, the sensitivity during exposure can be improved, thereby reducing the time load of the exposure machine, and as a result, the productivity can be improved. The oxygen barrier layer used as the intermediate layer may be appropriately selected from well-known layers. The oxygen barrier layer used as the intermediate layer shows low oxygen permeability and is preferably an oxygen barrier layer dispersed or dissolved in water or an alkaline aqueous solution (a 1% by mass aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22°C).

中間層係含有樹脂為較佳。作為中間層中所含之樹脂,例如可舉出聚乙烯醇系樹脂、聚乙烯吡咯烷酮系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、聚環氧乙烷系樹脂、明膠、乙烯基醚系樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂及該等的共聚物。中間層中所含之樹脂係水溶性樹脂為較佳。It is preferable that the intermediate layer contains resin. Examples of the resin contained in the intermediate layer include polyvinyl alcohol-based resins, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resins, cellulose-based resins, acrylamide-based resins, polyethylene oxide-based resins, gelatin, and vinyl ether-based resins. Resins, polyamide resins and copolymers of these. The resin-based water-soluble resin contained in the intermediate layer is preferable.

從抑制複數個層之間的成分的混合之觀點出發,中間層中所含之樹脂係與感光性樹脂層中所含之聚合物A及熱塑性樹脂層中所含之熱塑性樹脂(鹼可溶性樹脂)皆不同的樹脂為較佳。From the viewpoint of suppressing the mixing of components between multiple layers, the resin system contained in the intermediate layer, the polymer A contained in the photosensitive resin layer, and the thermoplastic resin (alkali-soluble resin) contained in the thermoplastic resin layer All different resins are preferred.

從氧阻隔性以及在對複數個層進行塗佈時及塗佈後進行保存時抑制成分的混合之觀點出發,中間層係含有聚乙烯醇為較佳,含有聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯烷酮為更佳。From the viewpoints of oxygen barrier properties and inhibiting the mixing of ingredients when coating multiple layers and during storage after coating, the intermediate layer preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol, and more preferably contains polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone. good.

中間層係可以單獨含有一種或含有兩種以上的樹脂。The intermediate layer system may contain one kind alone or two or more kinds of resins.

從氧阻隔性以及在對複數個層進行塗佈時及塗佈後進行保存時抑制成分的混合之觀點出發,中間層中的樹脂的含有比例係相對於中間層的總質量為50質量%~100質量%為較佳,70質量%~100質量%為更佳,80質量%~100質量%為進一步較佳,90質量%~100質量%為特佳。From the viewpoint of oxygen barrier properties and inhibiting the mixing of components when coating multiple layers and during storage after coating, the content of the resin in the intermediate layer is 50% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer. 100% by mass is more preferred, 70% by mass to 100% by mass is more preferred, 80% by mass to 100% by mass is still more preferred, and 90% by mass to 100% by mass is particularly preferred.

又,中間層係可以依據需要含有添加劑。作為添加劑,例如可舉出界面活性劑。In addition, the intermediate layer may contain additives as necessary. Examples of additives include surfactants.

中間層的厚度係不受限制。中間層的平均厚度係0.1μm~5μm為較佳,0.5μm~3μm為更佳。藉由中間層的厚度在上述範圍內,能夠在形成複數個層時及保存複數個層時抑制成分的混合,而不降低氧阻隔性,又,能夠在顯影時抑制中間層的去除時間的增加。The thickness of the intermediate layer is not limited. The average thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm to 3 μm. When the thickness of the intermediate layer is within the above range, it is possible to suppress the mixing of components when forming and storing the multiple layers without reducing the oxygen barrier property, and it is possible to suppress the increase in the removal time of the intermediate layer during development. .

中間層的形成方法係只要為能夠形成含有上述成分之層之方法,則不受限制。作為中間層的形成方法,例如可舉出如下方法:將中間層用組成物塗佈於熱塑性樹脂層或感光性樹脂層的表面之後,將中間層用組成物的塗膜進行乾燥。The method of forming the intermediate layer is not limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above-mentioned components. As a method of forming the intermediate layer, for example, a method of applying the composition for the intermediate layer to the surface of the thermoplastic resin layer or the photosensitive resin layer, and then drying the coating film of the composition for the intermediate layer.

作為中間層用組成物,例如可舉出含有樹脂及任意的添加劑之組成物。為了調節中間層用組成物的黏度而使中間層容易形成,中間層用組成物係含有溶劑為較佳。作為溶劑,只要為能夠溶解或分散樹脂之溶劑,則不受限制。溶劑係選自由水及水混和性的有機溶劑組成之群組中之至少一種為較佳,水或水與水混和性的有機溶劑的混合溶劑為更佳。As a composition for an intermediate layer, the composition containing resin and arbitrary additives is mentioned, for example. In order to adjust the viscosity of the intermediate layer composition and facilitate the formation of the intermediate layer, it is preferable that the intermediate layer composition system contains a solvent. The solvent is not limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the resin. The solvent is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of water and water-miscible organic solvents, and water or a mixed solvent of water and water-miscible organic solvents is more preferable.

作為水混和性的有機溶劑,例如可舉出碳數為1~3之醇、丙酮、乙二醇及甘油。水混和性的有機溶劑係碳數為1~3之醇為較佳,甲醇或乙醇為更佳。Examples of water-miscible organic solvents include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin. The water-miscible organic solvent is preferably an alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably methanol or ethanol.

(對比度增強層) 本揭示之感光性轉印材料係可以具有對比度增強層。關於對比度增強層,例如記載於國際公開第2018/179640號的0134段及日本特開2014-085643號公報的0194段~0196段中。該等公報的內容係藉由參閱引用於本說明書中。(Contrast enhancement layer) The photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure may have a contrast enhancement layer. The contrast enhancement layer is described in, for example, paragraph 0134 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and paragraphs 0194 to 0196 of JP 2014-085643 A. The contents of these bulletins are quoted in this manual by reference.

<<平均厚度>> 感光性轉印材料的平均厚度係5μm~55μm為較佳,10μm~50μm為更佳,20μm~40μm為特佳。感光性轉印材料的平均厚度係藉由以下方法測定。使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)觀察與感光性轉印材料的主表面垂直之方向(亦即,厚度方向)的剖面。依據所得之觀察圖像,測定10個感光性轉印材料的厚度。藉由將測定值進行算術平均,求出感光性轉印材料的平均厚度。<<Average thickness>> The average thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is preferably 5 μm to 55 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 50 μm, and particularly preferably 20 μm to 40 μm. The average thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is measured by the following method. A scanning electron microscope (SEM) was used to observe the cross section in the direction perpendicular to the main surface of the photosensitive transfer material (that is, the thickness direction). Based on the obtained observation image, the thickness of 10 photosensitive transfer materials was measured. The average thickness of the photosensitive transfer material is obtained by averaging the measured values arithmetic.

<<形狀>> 本揭示之感光性轉印材料的形狀係不受限制。從通用性及運搬性的觀點出發,本揭示之感光性轉印材料的形狀係卷狀為較佳。藉由捲取感光性轉印材料,能夠使感光性轉印材料的形狀成為卷狀。<<Shape>> The shape of the photosensitive transfer material of this disclosure is not limited. From the viewpoint of versatility and transportability, the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure preferably has a roll shape. By winding up the photosensitive transfer material, the shape of the photosensitive transfer material can be rolled.

<<製造方法>> 在本揭示之感光性轉印材料的製造方法中,例如可以使用上述“構成要素”項中說明之各層的形成方法。以下,參閱圖1對感光性轉印材料的製造方法的較佳的一例進行說明。但是,感光性轉印材料的製造方法係並不限於以下說明之方法者。<<Manufacturing method>> In the method of manufacturing the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure, for example, the method of forming each layer described in the section of "Components" described above can be used. Hereinafter, a preferred example of the method of manufacturing the photosensitive transfer material will be described with reference to FIG. 1. However, the manufacturing method of the photosensitive transfer material is not limited to the method demonstrated below.

圖1係顯示出感光性轉印材料的構成的一例之概要圖。作為圖1所示之感光性轉印材料100的製造方法,例如可舉出包括如下步驟之方法:藉由將感光性樹脂組成物塗佈於偽支撐體10上來形成感光性樹脂層12之步驟;及將覆蓋膜14配置於上述感光性樹脂層12上之步驟。在上述方法中,可以依據需要將塗佈於偽支撐體10上之感光性樹脂組成物進行乾燥。作為乾燥方法,並無限制,可以利用公知的乾燥方法。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the structure of the photosensitive transfer material. As a method of manufacturing the photosensitive transfer material 100 shown in FIG. 1, for example, a method including the following steps: a step of forming a photosensitive resin layer 12 by coating a photosensitive resin composition on the dummy support 10 And the step of disposing the cover film 14 on the above-mentioned photosensitive resin layer 12. In the above method, the photosensitive resin composition coated on the dummy support 10 may be dried as needed. The drying method is not limited, and a known drying method can be used.

作為將覆蓋膜14配置於感光性樹脂層12上之方法,例如可舉出將覆蓋膜14壓接於感光性樹脂層12之方法。As a method of arranging the cover film 14 on the photosensitive resin layer 12, for example, a method of pressing the cover film 14 to the photosensitive resin layer 12 can be cited.

藉由歷經以上步驟,能夠製造具有偽支撐體10、感光性樹脂層12及覆蓋膜14之感光性轉印材料100。製造出之感光性轉印材料100係可以捲取成卷狀。卷狀的感光性轉印材料100係例如可以用於利用卷對卷方式與基板貼合之貼合步驟。By going through the above steps, the photosensitive transfer material 100 having the dummy support 10, the photosensitive resin layer 12, and the cover film 14 can be manufactured. The produced photosensitive transfer material 100 can be wound into a roll shape. The roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material 100 can be used, for example, in a bonding step of bonding a substrate by a roll-to-roll method.

<<用途>> 本揭示之感光性轉印材料係例如可以用於樹脂圖案的形成及電路配線的形成。但是,本揭示之感光性轉印材料的用途係並不限於上述用途者。<<Use>> The photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure can be used, for example, for the formation of resin patterns and the formation of circuit wiring. However, the use of the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure is not limited to the above-mentioned use.

<樹脂圖案的製造方法及電路配線的製造方法> 本揭示之樹脂圖案的製造方法係只要為使用本揭示之感光性轉印材料之樹脂圖案的製造方法,則不受限制。例如,在使用包括偽支撐體和感光性樹脂層之感光性轉印材料之情況下,本揭示之樹脂圖案的製造方法係依序包括如下步驟為較佳:以使感光性樹脂層的與配置有偽支撐體之一側相反的一側的面和基板接觸之方式貼合本揭示之感光性轉印材料和基板(較佳為具有導電性之基板)之步驟(以下,有時稱為“貼合步驟”。);對感光性樹脂層進行圖案曝光之步驟(以下,有時稱為“曝光步驟”。);及將感光性樹脂層進行顯影來形成樹脂圖案之步驟(以下,有時稱為“顯影步驟”。)。<The manufacturing method of resin pattern and the manufacturing method of circuit wiring> The manufacturing method of the resin pattern of this disclosure is not limited as long as it is a manufacturing method of the resin pattern using the photosensitive transfer material of this disclosure. For example, in the case of using a photosensitive transfer material including a dummy support and a photosensitive resin layer, the method for manufacturing the resin pattern of the present disclosure preferably includes the following steps in order: The step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure and the substrate (preferably a conductive substrate) in such a way that the surface on the side opposite to the side of the dummy support is in contact with the substrate (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as " Laminating step".); a step of patterning the photosensitive resin layer (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "exposure step"); and a step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form a resin pattern (hereinafter, sometimes Called the "development step".).

本揭示之電路配線的製造方法係只要為使用本揭示之感光性轉印材料之電路配線的製造方法,則不受限制。本揭示之電路配線的製造方法係包括如下步驟為較佳:準備依序具有基材、導電層及使用本揭示之感光性轉印材料形成之樹脂圖案之積層體之步驟;及對在上述積層體中存在於未配置上述樹脂圖案之區域之上述導電層進行蝕刻處理之步驟(以下,有時稱為“蝕刻步驟”。)。The manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of this disclosure is not limited as long as it is a manufacturing method of the circuit wiring using the photosensitive transfer material of this disclosure. The manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of the present disclosure preferably includes the following steps: preparing a laminate having a substrate, a conductive layer, and a resin pattern formed using the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure in this order; and the above-mentioned laminate The step of etching the conductive layer existing in the area where the resin pattern is not arranged in the body (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as the "etching step").

本揭示之樹脂圖案的製造方法及本揭示之電路配線的製造方法係分別利用卷對卷方式進行為較佳。卷對卷方式是指如下方式,亦即,包括:將可捲取及開捲之基板用作基板,並在樹脂圖案的製造方法或電路配線的製造方法中所包括之任一步驟之前,展開基板或包括基板之構造體之步驟(亦稱為“開捲步驟”。);及在任一步驟之後,捲取基板或包括基板之構造體之步驟(亦稱為“捲取步驟”。),且一邊搬送基板或包括基板之構造體,一邊進行至少任一步驟(較佳為所有步驟或加熱步驟以外的所有步驟)。作為開捲步驟中的開捲方法及捲取步驟中的捲取方法,並無限制,在適用卷對卷方式之製造方法中使用公知的方法即可。The manufacturing method of the resin pattern of the present disclosure and the manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of the present disclosure are preferably performed by a roll-to-roll method, respectively. The roll-to-roll method refers to the following method, that is, including: using a reelable and unwindable substrate as a substrate, and unwinding before any of the steps included in the resin pattern manufacturing method or the circuit wiring manufacturing method The step of the substrate or the structure including the substrate (also called the "unwinding step"); and after any step, the step of winding the substrate or the structure including the substrate (also called the "winding step"), And while conveying the substrate or the structure including the substrate, at least any one of the steps (preferably all the steps or all the steps except the heating step) is performed. The unwinding method in the unwinding step and the winding method in the winding step are not limited, and a known method may be used in the manufacturing method in which the roll-to-roll method is applied.

以下,對本揭示之樹脂圖案的製造方法及本揭示之電路配線的製造方法中所包括之各步驟進行說明。但是,若無特別說明,則對本揭示之樹脂圖案的製造方法中所包括之各步驟進行說明之內容係亦可適用於本揭示之電路配線的製造方法中所包括之各步驟中者。Hereinafter, each step included in the manufacturing method of the resin pattern of the present disclosure and the manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of the present disclosure will be described. However, unless otherwise specified, the description of each step included in the manufacturing method of the resin pattern of the present disclosure can also be applied to each step included in the manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of the present disclosure.

<<貼合步驟>> 本揭示之樹脂圖案的製造方法係包括以使上述感光性轉印材料中的感光性樹脂層的與配置有偽支撐體之一側相反的一側的面(以下,有時稱為“第1面”。)和基板接觸之方式貼合本揭示之感光性轉印材料和基板(較佳為具有導電性之基板)之步驟為較佳。<<Lamination steps>> The manufacturing method of the resin pattern of the present disclosure includes making the photosensitive resin layer in the photosensitive transfer material on the side opposite to the side where the dummy support is arranged (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "first The step of bonding the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure and the substrate (preferably a conductive substrate) in contact with the substrate is preferable.

在貼合步驟中,使感光性樹脂層的第1面與基板(在基板的表面上設置有導電層之情況下為導電層)接觸,而使感光性轉印材料和基板壓接為較佳。依據上述態樣,可提高感光性樹脂層的第1面與基板之間的密接性,因此能夠將形成之樹脂圖案適當地用作蝕刻阻劑。In the bonding step, the first surface of the photosensitive resin layer is brought into contact with the substrate (conducting layer when a conductive layer is provided on the surface of the substrate), and it is preferable to press the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate into contact . According to the above aspect, the adhesiveness between the first surface of the photosensitive resin layer and the substrate can be improved, and therefore the formed resin pattern can be suitably used as an etching resist.

在感光性轉印材料具有覆蓋膜之情況下,從感光性轉印材料上去除覆蓋膜之後,貼合感光性轉印材料和基板即可。When the photosensitive transfer material has a cover film, after removing the cover film from the photosensitive transfer material, the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate may be bonded together.

在感光性轉印材料中,在感光性樹脂層的第1面上配置有覆蓋膜以外的層(例如,高折射率層和/或低折射率層)之情況下,經由上述覆蓋膜以外的層貼合感光性樹脂層的第1面和基板即可。In the photosensitive transfer material, when a layer other than a cover film (for example, a high refractive index layer and/or a low refractive index layer) is disposed on the first surface of the photosensitive resin layer, the layer other than the cover film What is necessary is just to bond the 1st surface of a photosensitive resin layer and a board|substrate with a layer.

作為壓接感光性轉印材料和基板之方法,並無限制,可以使用公知的轉印方法及層合方法。感光性轉印材料和基板的貼合係藉由重疊感光性樹脂層的第1面和基板並使用滾子等機構施以加壓及加熱來進行為較佳。又,貼合時可以使用層壓機、真空層壓機及能夠進一步提高生產率之自動切割層壓機。The method of pressure bonding the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate is not limited, and a known transfer method and lamination method can be used. The bonding of the photosensitive transfer material and the substrate is preferably performed by overlapping the first surface of the photosensitive resin layer and the substrate, and applying pressure and heating using a mechanism such as a roller. In addition, laminators, vacuum laminators, and automatic cutting laminators that can further increase productivity can be used for bonding.

[基板] 作為基板,並無限制,可以使用公知的基板。基板係具有導電層之基板為較佳,具有基材和設置於上述基材的表面的一部分或整個面上的導電層之基板為更佳。基板係可以依據需要具有導電層以外的任意的層。[Substrate] The substrate is not limited, and a known substrate can be used. The substrate is preferably a substrate having a conductive layer, and a substrate having a substrate and a conductive layer provided on a part or the entire surface of the substrate is more preferred. The substrate system may have any layers other than the conductive layer as needed.

作為基材,例如可舉出玻璃、矽及膜。As a base material, glass, silicon, and a film are mentioned, for example.

基材係透明為較佳。在本揭示中,“透明”意味著波長為400~700nm之光的透過率為80%以上。The base material is preferably transparent. In the present disclosure, “transparent” means that the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm is 80% or more.

基材的折射率係1.50~1.52為較佳。The refractive index of the substrate is preferably 1.50 to 1.52.

作為透明的玻璃基材,例如可舉出以Corning Incorporated的Gorilla Glass為代表之強化玻璃。又,作為透明的玻璃基材,例如可以使用日本特開2010-086684號公報、日本特開2010-152809號公報及日本特開2010-257492號公報中使用之材料。As a transparent glass substrate, for example, tempered glass represented by Gorilla Glass of Corning Incorporated is mentioned. Moreover, as a transparent glass substrate, for example, the materials used in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-086684, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-152809, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-257492 can be used.

在將膜基材用作基材之情況下,使用光學應變小和/或透明度高的膜基材為較佳。作為如上膜基材,例如可舉出聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PET)、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚碳酸酯、三乙醯基纖維素及環烯烴聚合物。When a film substrate is used as the substrate, it is preferable to use a film substrate with low optical strain and/or high transparency. Examples of the above-mentioned film substrate include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, triacetyl cellulose, and cycloolefin polymers.

構成卷對卷方式中使用之基板之基材係膜基材為較佳。又,在利用卷對卷方式製造觸控面板用的電路配線之情況下,基材係片狀樹脂組成物為較佳。The base film base material constituting the substrate used in the roll-to-roll method is preferable. Moreover, when manufacturing the circuit wiring for a touch panel by a roll-to-roll method, it is preferable that a base material is a sheet-like resin composition.

作為導電層,可舉出用於一般的電路配線或觸控面板配線之導電層。從導電性及細線形成性的觀點出發,導電層係選自由金屬層、導電性金屬氧化物層、石墨烯層、碳奈米管層及導電聚合物層組成之群組中之至少一種為較佳,金屬層為更佳,銅層或銀層為特佳。Examples of the conductive layer include conductive layers used for general circuit wiring or touch panel wiring. From the viewpoint of conductivity and fine line formation, the conductive layer is selected from at least one selected from the group consisting of a metal layer, a conductive metal oxide layer, a graphene layer, a carbon nanotube layer, and a conductive polymer layer. Preferably, the metal layer is more preferable, and the copper layer or the silver layer is particularly preferable.

基板係可以單獨具有一層或具有兩層以上的導電層。具有兩層以上的導電層之基板係具有不同材質的複數個導電層為較佳。The substrate system may have one layer alone or two or more conductive layers. The substrate with more than two conductive layers is preferably a plurality of conductive layers with different materials.

作為導電層的材料,例如可舉出金屬及導電性金屬氧化物。作為金屬,例如可舉出Al、Zn、Cu、Fe、Ni、Cr、Mo、Ag及Au。作為導電性金屬氧化物,可舉出ITO(氧化銦錫(Indium Tin Oxide))、IZO(氧化銦鋅(Indium Zinc Oxide))及SiO2 。在本揭示中,“導電性”是指體積電阻率小於1×106 Ωcm。導電性金屬氧化物的體積電阻率係小於1×104 Ωcm為較佳。Examples of the material of the conductive layer include metals and conductive metal oxides. Examples of metals include Al, Zn, Cu, Fe, Ni, Cr, Mo, Ag, and Au. Examples of conductive metal oxides include ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), and SiO 2 . In the present disclosure, "conductivity" means that the volume resistivity is less than 1×10 6 Ωcm. The volume resistivity of the conductive metal oxide is preferably less than 1×10 4 Ωcm.

在使用具有複數個導電層之基板製造樹脂圖案之情況下,複數個導電層中至少一個導電層係含有導電性金屬氧化物為較佳。When a resin pattern is produced using a substrate having a plurality of conductive layers, it is preferable that at least one conductive layer of the plurality of conductive layers contains a conductive metal oxide.

作為導電層,相當於用於靜電容型觸控面板之視覺辨認部的感測器之電極圖案或周邊引出部的配線為較佳。As the conductive layer, the electrode pattern of the sensor corresponding to the visual recognition part of the electrostatic capacitance type touch panel or the wiring of the peripheral lead part are preferable.

<<曝光步驟>> 本揭示之樹脂圖案的製造方法係上述貼合步驟之後包括對感光性樹脂層進行圖案曝光之步驟為較佳。<<Exposure Step>> The manufacturing method of the resin pattern of the present disclosure preferably includes a step of patterning the photosensitive resin layer after the above-mentioned bonding step.

圖案曝光中的圖案的詳細配置及具體尺寸係不受限制。為了提高具備具有藉由電路配線的製造方法製造之電路配線之輸入裝置之顯示裝置(例如觸控面板)的顯示品質,又,減小引出配線所佔之面積,圖案的至少一部分(較佳為觸控面板的電極圖案和/或引出配線的部分)係包括寬度為20μm以下之細線為較佳,包括寬度為10μm以下的細線為更佳。The detailed configuration and specific size of the pattern in the pattern exposure are not limited. In order to improve the display quality of a display device (such as a touch panel) having an input device with circuit wiring manufactured by the circuit wiring manufacturing method, and to reduce the area occupied by the lead wiring, at least a part of the pattern (preferably The electrode pattern of the touch panel and/or the portion where the wiring is drawn) preferably includes fine lines with a width of 20 μm or less, and more preferably includes fine lines with a width of 10 μm or less.

曝光中使用之光源係照射能夠曝光感光性樹脂層之波長的光(例如,365nm或405nm)之光源即可。作為具體的光源,例如可舉出超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈及LED(發光二極體(Light Emitting Diode))。The light source used in the exposure may be a light source capable of irradiating light of a wavelength (for example, 365nm or 405nm) of the photosensitive resin layer. Specific light sources include, for example, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, and LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes).

曝光量係5mJ/cm2 ~200mJ/cm2 為較佳,10mJ/cm2 ~100mJ/cm2 為更佳。Exposure amount based 5mJ / cm 2 ~ 200mJ / cm 2 is preferred, 10mJ / cm 2 ~ 100mJ / cm 2 is more preferred.

在曝光步驟中,可以在從感光性樹脂層剝離偽支撐體之後進行圖案曝光,亦可以在經由偽支撐體進行圖案曝光之後剝離偽支撐體。為了防止因感光性樹脂層與遮罩接觸而產生之感光性樹脂層的污染且避免附著於遮罩之異物對曝光的影響,經由偽支撐體進行圖案曝光為較佳。再者,圖案曝光係可以為經由遮罩之曝光,或者亦可以為使用雷射等曝光機構之直接曝光。In the exposure step, pattern exposure may be performed after peeling the dummy support from the photosensitive resin layer, or the dummy support may be peeled after pattern exposure via the dummy support. In order to prevent the contamination of the photosensitive resin layer caused by the contact between the photosensitive resin layer and the mask and to avoid the influence of foreign matter attached to the mask on the exposure, it is preferable to perform pattern exposure through a dummy support. Furthermore, the pattern exposure system may be exposure through a mask, or it may be direct exposure using an exposure mechanism such as a laser.

<<顯影步驟>> 本揭示之樹脂圖案的製造方法係在上述曝光步驟之後包括將感光性樹脂層進行顯影來形成樹脂圖案之步驟為較佳。<<Development step>> The manufacturing method of the resin pattern of the present disclosure preferably includes the step of developing the photosensitive resin layer to form the resin pattern after the above-mentioned exposure step.

感光性樹脂層的顯影係可以使用顯影液來進行。顯影液的種類係只要能夠去除感光性樹脂層的非圖像部(未曝光部),則不受限制。作為顯影液,可以使用公知的顯影液(例如,日本特開平5-072724號公報中記載之顯影液)。The development system of the photosensitive resin layer can be performed using a developer. The type of the developer is not limited as long as it can remove the non-image portion (unexposed portion) of the photosensitive resin layer. As the developer, a known developer (for example, the developer described in JP 5-072724 A) can be used.

顯影液係以0.05mol/L~5mol/L的濃度含有pKa為7~13之化合物之鹼水溶液系顯影液為較佳。顯影液係可以含有水溶性的有機溶劑和/或界面活性劑。作為顯影液,國際公開第2015/093271號的0194段中記載之顯影液亦較佳。The developer is preferably an alkaline aqueous solution developer containing a compound having a pKa of 7 to 13 at a concentration of 0.05 mol/L to 5 mol/L. The developer system may contain a water-soluble organic solvent and/or a surfactant. As the developer, the developer described in paragraph 0194 of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is also preferable.

作為顯影方式,並無特別限制,可以為旋覆浸沒顯影、淋浴顯影、淋浴及旋轉顯影、以及浸塗顯影中的任一者。淋浴顯影是指藉由將顯影液利用淋浴噴射到曝光後的感光性樹脂層上來去除未曝光部之顯影處理。The development method is not particularly limited, and may be any of rotary immersion development, shower development, shower and spin development, and dip coating development. Shower development refers to a development process in which a developer is sprayed onto the photosensitive resin layer after exposure in a shower to remove unexposed areas.

在顯影步驟之後,利用淋浴噴射清洗劑,用刷子擦拭以去除顯影殘渣為較佳。After the development step, it is better to use a shower to spray a cleaning agent and wipe with a brush to remove the development residue.

顯影液的液體溫度係不受限制。顯影液的液體溫度係20℃~40℃為較佳。The liquid temperature of the developer is not limited. The liquid temperature of the developer is preferably 20°C to 40°C.

例如,在感光性轉印材料包括熱塑性樹脂及中間層之情況下,在顯影步驟中,與感光性樹脂層的非圖像部(未曝光部)一併亦去除熱塑性樹脂及中間層。又,在顯影步驟中,熱塑性樹脂層及中間層係可以藉由溶解或分散於顯影液中來去除。For example, when the photosensitive transfer material includes a thermoplastic resin and an intermediate layer, in the development step, the thermoplastic resin and the intermediate layer are also removed together with the non-image portion (unexposed portion) of the photosensitive resin layer. In addition, in the development step, the thermoplastic resin layer and the intermediate layer can be removed by dissolving or dispersing in the developer.

<<蝕刻步驟>> 本揭示之電路配線的製造方法係包括如下步驟為較佳:準備依序具有基材、導電層及使用本揭示之感光性轉印材料形成之樹脂圖案之積層體之步驟;及對在上述積層體中存在於未配置上述樹脂圖案之區域之上述導電層進行蝕刻處理之步驟。上述樹脂圖案係藉由包括上述貼合步驟、上述曝光步驟及上述顯影步驟之樹脂圖案的製造方法形成之樹脂圖案為較佳。上述積層體係例如可以藉由上述樹脂圖案的製造方法製造。<<Etching step>> The manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of the present disclosure preferably includes the following steps: preparing a laminate having a substrate, a conductive layer, and a resin pattern formed using the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure in this order; and the above-mentioned laminate The step of etching the conductive layer in the area where the resin pattern is not arranged in the body. The resin pattern is preferably a resin pattern formed by a resin pattern manufacturing method including the bonding step, the exposure step, and the development step. The said laminated system can be manufactured by the manufacturing method of the said resin pattern, for example.

在蝕刻步驟中,藉由將樹脂圖案用作蝕刻阻劑,進行導電層的蝕刻處理。作為蝕刻處理的方法,可以適用公知的方法。作為蝕刻處理的方法,例如可舉出日本特開2017-120435號公報的0209段~0210段中記載之方法、日本特開2010-152155號公報的0048段~0054段中記載之方法、浸漬於蝕刻液中之濕式蝕刻法及利用乾式蝕刻(例如,電漿蝕刻)之方法。In the etching step, the conductive layer is etched by using the resin pattern as an etching resist. As a method of etching treatment, a known method can be applied. As a method of etching treatment, for example, the method described in paragraphs 0209 to 0210 of JP 2017-120435 A, the method described in paragraphs 0048 to 0054 of JP 2010-152155, immersion in Wet etching method in etching solution and method using dry etching (for example, plasma etching).

濕式蝕刻法中使用之蝕刻液係對應於蝕刻的對象適當選擇酸性或鹼性的蝕刻液即可。The etching solution used in the wet etching method may be an acidic or alkaline etching solution that is appropriately selected according to the object to be etched.

作為酸性的蝕刻液,例如可舉出選自由鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、乙酸、氫氟酸、草酸及磷酸組成之群組中之酸性成分單獨的水溶液、以及酸性成分和選自由三氯化鐵、氟化銨及過錳酸鉀組成之群組中之鹽的混合水溶液。酸性成分係可以為組合複數個酸性成分而成之成分。As an acidic etching solution, for example, an aqueous solution of an acidic component selected from the group consisting of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, oxalic acid, and phosphoric acid, and an acidic component selected from the group consisting of iron trichloride, A mixed aqueous solution of salts in the group consisting of ammonium fluoride and potassium permanganate. The acidic component may be a component obtained by combining a plurality of acidic components.

作為鹼性的蝕刻液,例如可舉出選自由氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氨、有機胺及有機胺的鹽(例如,氫氧化四甲基銨)組成之群組中之鹼成分單獨的水溶液、以及鹼成分和鹽(例如,過錳酸鉀)的混合水溶液。鹼成分係可以為組合複數個鹼成分而成之成分。As the alkaline etching solution, for example, a single alkali component selected from the group consisting of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, organic amines and organic amine salts (for example, tetramethylammonium hydroxide) An aqueous solution and a mixed aqueous solution of an alkali component and a salt (for example, potassium permanganate). The alkali component may be a component obtained by combining a plurality of alkali components.

<<去除步驟>> 本揭示之電路配線的製造方法係包括去除殘留之樹脂圖案之步驟(以下,有時稱為“去除步驟”。)為較佳。去除步驟係在蝕刻步驟之後進行為較佳。<<Removal steps>> It is preferable that the manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of the present disclosure includes a step of removing the remaining resin pattern (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a "removing step"). The removal step is preferably performed after the etching step.

作為去除殘留之樹脂圖案之方法,例如可舉出藉由化學處理去除殘留之樹脂圖案之方法。去除殘留之樹脂圖案之方法係使用去除液去除殘留之樹脂圖案之方法為較佳。作為使用去除液之方法,例如可舉出將具有殘留之樹脂圖案之基板在液體溫度較佳為30℃~80℃、更佳為50℃~80℃之攪拌中的去除液中浸漬1分鐘~30分鐘之方法。As a method of removing the remaining resin pattern, for example, a method of removing the remaining resin pattern by a chemical treatment can be cited. The method of removing the remaining resin pattern is preferably a method of removing the remaining resin pattern using a removing liquid. As a method of using the removing liquid, for example, a substrate with a residual resin pattern may be immersed in the removing liquid under stirring at a liquid temperature of preferably 30°C to 80°C, more preferably 50°C to 80°C for 1 minute. The 30-minute method.

作為去除液,例如可舉出將無機鹼成分或有機鹼成分溶解於水、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯烷酮或該等的混合溶液中之去除液。作為無機鹼成分,例如可舉出氫氧化鈉及氫氧化鉀。作為有機鹼成分,例如可舉出一級胺化合物、二級胺化合物、三級胺化合物及四級銨鹽化合物。Examples of the removal liquid include a removal liquid obtained by dissolving an inorganic alkali component or an organic alkali component in water, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solution of these. As an inorganic base component, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide are mentioned, for example. As an organic base component, a primary amine compound, a secondary amine compound, a tertiary amine compound, and a quaternary ammonium salt compound are mentioned, for example.

使用去除液去除殘留之樹脂圖案之方法係不限於浸漬法,亦可以為浸漬法以外的公知的方法(例如,噴塗法、淋浴法及旋覆浸沒法)。The method of using the removing liquid to remove the remaining resin pattern is not limited to the dipping method, and may be a well-known method other than the dipping method (for example, spraying method, showering method, and rotary immersion method).

<<其他步驟>> 本揭示之電路配線的製造方法係可以包括上述步驟以外的任意步驟(以下,有時稱為“其他步驟”。)。作為能夠適用於本揭示之電路配線的製造方法之曝光步驟、顯影步驟及其他步驟,可舉出日本特開2006-023696號公報的0035段~0051段中記載之步驟。又,作為其他步驟,可舉出以下所示之步驟。但是,其他步驟係不限於以下所示之步驟。<<Other steps>> The manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of the present disclosure may include any steps other than the above-mentioned steps (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "other steps"). Examples of the exposure step, the development step, and other steps applicable to the circuit wiring manufacturing method of the present disclosure include the steps described in paragraphs 0035 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-023696. In addition, as other steps, the steps shown below can be cited. However, the other steps are not limited to the steps shown below.

[覆蓋膜剝離步驟] 在本揭示之感光性轉印材料具有覆蓋膜之情況下,本揭示之樹脂圖案的製造方法係包括從感光性轉印材料剝離覆蓋膜之步驟為較佳。作為剝離覆蓋膜之方法,並無限制,可以適用公知的方法。[Cover film peeling step] In the case where the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure has a cover film, the method of manufacturing the resin pattern of the present disclosure preferably includes the step of peeling the cover film from the photosensitive transfer material. The method of peeling off the cover film is not limited, and a known method can be applied.

[降低可見光線反射率之步驟] 本揭示之電路配線的製造方法係可以包括進行降低基板中的導電層的一部分或全部的可見光線反射率之處理之步驟。[Steps to reduce the reflectivity of visible light] The manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of the present disclosure may include a step of reducing the visible light reflectivity of a part or all of the conductive layer in the substrate.

作為降低導電層的可見光線反射率之處理,例如可舉出氧化處理。在導電層含有銅之情況下,藉由對銅進行氧化處理而使其成為氧化銅,並黑化導電層,藉此能夠降低導電層的可見光線反射率。As a treatment to reduce the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer, for example, an oxidation treatment can be cited. When the conductive layer contains copper, the copper is oxidized to become copper oxide and the conductive layer is blackened, thereby reducing the visible light reflectivity of the conductive layer.

關於降低導電層的可見光線反射率之處理,記載於日本特開2014-150118號公報的0017段~0025段、以及日本特開2013-206315號公報的0041段、0042段、0048段及0058段中。該等公報的內容係藉由參閱引用於本說明書中。The treatment of reducing the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer is described in paragraphs 0017 to 0025 of JP 2014-150118, and paragraphs 0041, 0042, 0048, and 0058 of JP 2013-206315 middle. The contents of these bulletins are quoted in this manual by reference.

[形成絕緣膜之步驟及在絕緣膜的表面形成新的導電層之步驟] 本揭示之電路配線的製造方法係包括在電路配線的表面形成絕緣膜之步驟和在上述絕緣膜的表面形成新的導電層之步驟亦較佳。藉由上述步驟,能夠形成經由絕緣膜絕緣之兩個電極圖案。[Step of forming an insulating film and forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film] The method for manufacturing the circuit wiring of the present disclosure preferably includes the step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and the step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film. Through the above steps, two electrode patterns insulated by an insulating film can be formed.

形成絕緣膜之方法係不受限制。在形成絕緣膜之步驟中,例如可以藉由形成公知的永久膜之方法形成絕緣膜。又,亦可以使用具有絕緣性之感光性材料,藉由光微影法形成所期望的圖案的絕緣膜。The method of forming the insulating film is not limited. In the step of forming the insulating film, for example, the insulating film can be formed by a method of forming a known permanent film. In addition, a photosensitive material having insulating properties may be used to form an insulating film of a desired pattern by a photolithography method.

在絕緣膜上形成新的導電層之步驟中,例如可以使用具有導電性之感光性材料,藉由光微影法形成所期望的圖案的新的導電層。In the step of forming a new conductive layer on the insulating film, for example, a photosensitive material having conductivity can be used to form a new conductive layer of a desired pattern by a photolithography method.

在本揭示之電路配線的製造方法中,使用在基材的兩個表面上分別具有導電層之基板,且分別對上述導電層依序或同時形成電路亦較佳。依據上述方法,例如能夠形成在基材的一個表面上形成有第一導電圖案且在基材的另一個表面上形成有第二導電圖案之觸控面板用電路配線。又,藉由本揭示之電路配線的製造方法,利用卷對卷在基材的兩個面上形成上述觸控面板用電路配線亦較佳。In the method of manufacturing circuit wiring of the present disclosure, a substrate having conductive layers on both surfaces of the base material is used, and it is also preferable to form circuits on the conductive layers sequentially or simultaneously. According to the above method, for example, it is possible to form a circuit wiring for a touch panel in which the first conductive pattern is formed on one surface of the base material and the second conductive pattern is formed on the other surface of the base material. Furthermore, according to the circuit wiring manufacturing method of the present disclosure, it is also preferable to roll the above-mentioned circuit wiring for the touch panel on both surfaces of the base material by using a roll pair.

<<電路配線的用途>> 藉由本揭示之電路配線的製造方法製造之電路配線係能夠適用於各種裝置。作為具備藉由本揭示之電路配線的製造方法製造之電路配線之裝置,例如可舉出輸入裝置,觸控面板為較佳,靜電容型觸控面板為更佳。又,上述輸入裝置係能夠適用於各種顯示裝置(例如,有機EL顯示裝置及液晶顯示裝置)。<<Use of circuit wiring>> The circuit wiring system manufactured by the circuit wiring manufacturing method of this disclosure can be applied to various devices. As a device provided with the circuit wiring manufactured by the manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of this disclosure, for example, an input device can be cited. A touch panel is preferable, and an electrostatic capacitance type touch panel is more preferable. In addition, the aforementioned input device can be applied to various display devices (for example, an organic EL display device and a liquid crystal display device).

<觸控面板的製造方法> 本揭示之觸控面板的製造方法係只要為使用本揭示之感光性轉印材料之觸控面板的製造方法,則不受限制。<Manufacturing method of touch panel> The manufacturing method of the touch panel of the present disclosure is not limited as long as it is the manufacturing method of the touch panel using the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure.

本揭示之觸控面板的製造方法係包括藉由對在依序積層有基材、導電層及使用本揭示之感光性轉印材料形成之樹脂圖案之積層體中存在於未配置上述樹脂圖案之區域之上述導電層進行蝕刻處理來形成觸控面板用配線之步驟為較佳。上述樹脂圖案係藉由包括上述貼合步驟、上述曝光步驟及上述顯影步驟之樹脂圖案的製造方法形成之樹脂圖案為較佳。上述積層體係例如可以藉由上述樹脂圖案的製造方法製造。The manufacturing method of the touch panel of the present disclosure includes the step of arranging the substrate, the conductive layer, and the resin pattern formed using the photosensitive transfer material of the present disclosure in a laminate that is not configured with the above resin pattern. It is preferable to perform an etching process on the above-mentioned conductive layer in a region to form wiring for a touch panel. The resin pattern is preferably a resin pattern formed by a resin pattern manufacturing method including the bonding step, the exposure step, and the development step. The said laminated system can be manufactured by the manufacturing method of the said resin pattern, for example.

關於本揭示之觸控面板的製造方法中的各步驟的態樣,如上述“樹脂圖案的製造方法及電路配線的製造方法”項中說明,較佳的態樣亦相同。關於本揭示之觸控面板的製造方法,除藉由上述方法形成觸控面板用配線以外,參閱公知的觸控面板的製造方法即可。又,本揭示之觸控面板的製造方法係可以包括上述步驟以外的任意步驟。Regarding the aspect of each step in the manufacturing method of the touch panel of the present disclosure, as described in the item of "the manufacturing method of resin pattern and the manufacturing method of circuit wiring", the preferable aspect is also the same. Regarding the manufacturing method of the touch panel of this disclosure, in addition to forming the wiring for the touch panel by the above-mentioned method, what is necessary is just to refer to the manufacturing method of a well-known touch panel. In addition, the manufacturing method of the touch panel of the present disclosure may include any steps other than the above-mentioned steps.

依據本揭示之觸控面板的製造方法,可製造至少具有觸控面板用配線之觸控面板。觸控面板係具有透明基板、電極及絕緣層或保護層為較佳。According to the manufacturing method of the touch panel of the present disclosure, a touch panel having at least wiring for the touch panel can be manufactured. The touch panel preferably has a transparent substrate, electrodes, and an insulating layer or a protective layer.

作為觸控面板的檢測方法,例如可舉出電阻膜方式、靜電容方式、超音波方式、電磁感應方式及光學方式。檢測方式係靜電容方式為較佳。As a detection method of a touch panel, a resistive film method, an electrostatic capacitance method, an ultrasonic method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an optical method are mentioned, for example. The detection method is preferably the electrostatic capacitance method.

作為觸控面板的類型,可舉出所謂的內嵌型(例如,日本特表2012-517051號公報的圖5、圖6、圖7及圖8中記載之構成)、所謂的屏上型(例如,日本特開2013-168125號公報的圖19中記載之構成、以及日本特開2012-089102號公報的圖1及圖5中記載之構成)、OGS(單片玻璃(One Glass Solution))型、TOL(鏡片觸控(Touch-on-Lens))型(例如,日本特開2013-054727號公報的圖2中記載之構成)、各種外掛型(例如,GG、G1/G2、GFF、GF2、GF1及G1F)及其他構成(例如,日本特開2013-164871號公報的圖6中記載之構成)。 [實施例]As the type of touch panel, there may be a so-called in-cell type (for example, the structure described in Figures 5, 6, 7 and 8 of JP 2012-517051 A) and the so-called on-screen type ( For example, the configuration described in Figure 19 of JP 2013-168125 A, the configuration described in Figures 1 and 5 of JP 2012-089102 A), OGS (One Glass Solution) Type, TOL (Touch-on-Lens) type (for example, the structure described in Figure 2 of JP 2013-054727 A), various external types (for example, GG, G1/G2, GFF, GF2, GF1, and G1F) and other configurations (for example, the configuration described in Figure 6 of JP 2013-164871 A). [Example]

以下,藉由實施例對本揭示進行詳細說明。但是,本揭示係不限於以下實施例者。Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail through embodiments. However, the present disclosure is not limited to those of the following examples.

<聚合物A-1的合成> 將丙二醇1-單甲醚(75.0g、FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation)放入三口燒瓶中,在氮環境下將液體溫度升溫至90℃。將含有苯乙烯(32.0g)、甲基丙烯酸(28.0g)、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(40.0g)、2,2’-偶氮雙(異丁腈)(0.8g、FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation)及丙二醇1-單甲醚(75.0g、FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation)之溶液歷時2小時滴加到維持在90℃±2℃之三口燒瓶內的液體中。滴加結束後,在90℃±2℃下將混合液攪拌2小時,藉此得到含有聚合物A-1之溶液(固體成分濃度:40.0質量%)。聚合物A-1的重量平均分子量係40,000。<Synthesis of polymer A-1> Propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether (75.0 g, FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) was placed in a three-necked flask, and the temperature of the liquid was raised to 90°C in a nitrogen environment. Will contain styrene (32.0g), methacrylic acid (28.0g), methyl methacrylate (40.0g), 2,2'-azobis(isobutyronitrile) (0.8g, FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) And a solution of propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether (75.0 g, FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) was added dropwise to the liquid in a three-necked flask maintained at 90°C ± 2°C over 2 hours. After the dropping, the mixed solution was stirred at 90°C±2°C for 2 hours to obtain a solution containing polymer A-1 (solid content concentration: 40.0% by mass). The weight average molecular weight of polymer A-1 is 40,000.

<聚合物A-2的合成> 依據下述變更單體的使用量,除此之外,以與聚合物A-1相同的方法得到含有聚合物A-2之溶液(固體成分濃度:40.0質量%)。聚合物A-2的重量平均分子量係60,000。 (1)苯乙烯:52.0g (2)甲基丙烯酸:29.0g (3)甲基丙烯酸甲酯:19.0g<Synthesis of polymer A-2> Except for changing the usage amount of the monomers as described below, a solution containing polymer A-2 (solid content concentration: 40.0% by mass) was obtained in the same manner as the polymer A-1. The weight average molecular weight of polymer A-2 is 60,000. (1) Styrene: 52.0g (2) Methacrylic acid: 29.0g (3) Methyl methacrylate: 19.0g

<聚合物A-3的合成> 將聚合物A-1的合成中使用之單體(苯乙烯、甲基丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸甲酯)變更為下述單體,除此之外,以與聚合物A-1相同的方法得到含有聚合物A-3之溶液(固體成分濃度:40.0質量%)。聚合物A-3的重量平均分子量係40,000。 (1)甲基丙烯酸苄酯(81.0g) (2)甲基丙烯酸(19.0g)<Synthesis of polymer A-3> The monomers (styrene, methacrylic acid and methyl methacrylate) used in the synthesis of polymer A-1 were changed to the following monomers, except that it was obtained by the same method as polymer A-1 A solution containing polymer A-3 (solid content concentration: 40.0% by mass). The weight average molecular weight of polymer A-3 is 40,000. (1) Benzyl methacrylate (81.0g) (2) Methacrylic acid (19.0g)

<2官能甲基丙烯酸酯的合成> 將雙酚A(22.83g、0.1mol)、作為溶劑的甲苯(30g)及作為觸媒的三乙胺(0.3g)添加到內容量為500mL之耐壓反應容器中。在用氮氣置換耐壓反應容器的內部之後,將氮氣壓力調節為0.2kg/cm2 ,且在攪拌混合物之同時升溫至80℃。在依序導入環氧乙烷(132.15g、3.0mol)、環氧丙烷(23.24g、0.4mol)以維持約2kg/cm2 的壓力之同時升溫至150℃。將混合物在150℃下保持1小時之後,進行了冷卻。用草酸中和混合物,接著,在混合物中添加離子交換水(50g)並進行攪拌之後,靜置混合物,藉此分離出有機層,抽取該有幾層。使用離子交換水(50g)將所得之有機層清洗3次之後,在50℃下減壓至30Torr,去除溶劑,藉此得到二元醇(105.1g)。將二元醇(100.0g、0.044mol)、甲基丙烯酸(11.5g)、70質量%甲磺酸水溶液(0.9g)、氫醌(0.2g)及甲苯(200mL)添加到內容量為1L之三口燒瓶中,接著,在甲苯回流下進行了8小時酯化。反應中產生之水係藉由迪安-斯塔克裝置去除。反應結束後,將混合物的溫度冷卻至室溫,將所得之有機層使用5%氫氧化鈉水溶液(50g)清洗1次,接著,使用離子交換水(50g)清洗了3次。在有機層中添加氫醌單甲醚(0.09g),並在50℃下減壓至30Torr,去除溶劑,藉此得到在雙酚A的兩端分別加成有平均15莫耳的環氧乙烷和平均2莫耳的環氧丙烷之聚乙二醇的二甲基丙烯酸酯(90.0g)。<Synthesis of bifunctional methacrylate> Bisphenol A (22.83g, 0.1mol), toluene (30g) as a solvent, and triethylamine (0.3g) as a catalyst are added to the pressure resistance of 500mL In the reaction vessel. After replacing the inside of the pressure-resistant reaction vessel with nitrogen, the nitrogen pressure was adjusted to 0.2 kg/cm 2 , and the mixture was heated to 80° C. while stirring. While introducing ethylene oxide (132.15g, 3.0mol) and propylene oxide (23.24g, 0.4mol) in order to maintain a pressure of about 2kg/cm 2 , the temperature was raised to 150°C. After the mixture was kept at 150°C for 1 hour, it was cooled. The mixture was neutralized with oxalic acid, and then ion-exchanged water (50 g) was added to the mixture and stirred, and then the mixture was allowed to stand, thereby separating the organic layer, and extracting the several layers. After washing the obtained organic layer 3 times with ion-exchanged water (50 g), the pressure was reduced to 30 Torr at 50° C., and the solvent was removed, thereby obtaining a glycol (105.1 g). Add diol (100.0g, 0.044mol), methacrylic acid (11.5g), 70% by mass methanesulfonic acid aqueous solution (0.9g), hydroquinone (0.2g) and toluene (200mL) to the volume of 1L In a three-necked flask, then, esterification was performed under reflux of toluene for 8 hours. The water produced in the reaction is removed by the Dean-Stark device. After the reaction, the temperature of the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the obtained organic layer was washed once with a 5% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (50 g), and then washed with ion-exchanged water (50 g) three times. Hydroquinone monomethyl ether (0.09g) was added to the organic layer, and the pressure was reduced to 30 Torr at 50°C, and the solvent was removed to obtain ethylene oxide with an average of 15 mol added to both ends of bisphenol A. Dimethacrylate (90.0g) of polyethylene glycol containing an alkane and an average of 2 moles of propylene oxide.

<實施例1~6及比較例1> 依據以下步驟,製作出感光性轉印材料。<Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Example 1> According to the following steps, a photosensitive transfer material is produced.

(感光性樹脂組成物的製備) 依據表1的記載混合所選之成分之後,添加甲基乙基酮,藉此製備出感光性樹脂組成物(固體成分濃度:25質量%)。對應於表1中記載之成分之數值係表示固體成分的質量份。在實施例1~6中,使用了藉由後述之方法去除低分子的酚性化合物之原料。(Preparation of photosensitive resin composition) After mixing the selected components according to the description in Table 1, methyl ethyl ketone was added to prepare a photosensitive resin composition (solid content concentration: 25% by mass). The numerical values corresponding to the components described in Table 1 indicate the parts by mass of the solid content. In Examples 1 to 6, a raw material for removing low-molecular phenolic compounds by the method described later was used.

(酚性化合物的去除) 依據以下步驟,去除了原料中的低分子的酚性化合物。(Removal of phenolic compounds) According to the following steps, the low-molecular phenolic compounds in the raw materials are removed.

-聚合物A- 將在含有表1中對應於聚合物A之聚合物之溶液(250g)中添加有丙酮250g之溶液滴加到含有乙酸乙酯(250g)及庚烷(2,250g)之混合液中之後,進行過濾,藉此得到白色固體的聚合物。藉由在50℃下送風乾燥聚合物來去除溶劑之後,再次溶解於丙二醇1-單甲醚(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation)中,藉此得到含有對象聚合物之溶液(固體成分濃度:40.0質量%)。-Polymer A- After adding 250g of acetone to the solution containing the polymer corresponding to polymer A in Table 1 (250g), adding dropwise to the mixed solution containing ethyl acetate (250g) and heptane (2,250g), proceed By filtering, a white solid polymer was obtained. After removing the solvent by drying the polymer by blowing air at 50°C, it was re-dissolved in propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether (FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) to obtain a solution containing the target polymer (solid content concentration: 40.0% by mass) ).

-聚合性化合物B- 使表1中對應於聚合性化合物B之化合物(50g)溶解於乙酸乙酯(200g)中,接著,添加0.2質量%的氫氧化鈉水溶液(100g)攪拌了5分鐘。攪拌之後,靜置混合物,藉此分離出有機層,抽取了該有機層。將所得之有機層使用離子交換水(100g)清洗3次之後,添加“Irganox245”(BASF公司、0.02g),在50℃下減壓至30Torr去除了溶劑。-Polymerizable compound B- The compound (50 g) corresponding to the polymerizable compound B in Table 1 was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 g), and then a 0.2% by mass aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (100 g) was added and stirred for 5 minutes. After stirring, the mixture was allowed to stand, thereby separating the organic layer, and extracting the organic layer. After washing the obtained organic layer 3 times with ion-exchange water (100g), "Irganox245" (BASF Corporation, 0.02g) was added, and the solvent was removed by reducing the pressure to 30 Torr at 50°C.

[表1] 成分 [數值的單位:質量份] 實施例1 實施例2 實施例3 實施例4 實施例5 實施例6 比較例1 聚合物A 聚合物A-1 - 55.00 - 62.20 - - - 聚合物A-2 50.00 - - - - 51.00 25.00 聚合物A-3 - - 52.00 - 59.20 - 25.00 聚合性化合物B SR-480 (ARKEMA K.K. Japan) 36.20 20.20 7.40 - 27.00 15.00 16.00 BPE-200 (SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.) - 9.80 - 20.00 - 10.00 - 2官能甲基丙烯酸酯 - - 10.00 - - - 10.00 M-270 (TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) 5.00 - - - - - - A-TMPT (SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.) - 10.00 10.00 6.00 - 5.00 - SR-454 (ARKEMA K.K. Japan) - - 15.00 9.00 - 5.00 - SR-502 (ARKEMA K.K. Japan) - - - - 4.00 - - A-9300-CL1 (SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.) - - - - 7.80 9.77 18.37 光聚合起始劑 2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四 苯基-1,2’-聯咪唑 (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 7.00 3.00 3.80 1.90 1.10 3.00 4.00 敏化劑 4,4’-雙(二乙胺)二苯甲酮 (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.50 0.50 0.30 0.30 0.10 0.30 0.30 鏈轉移劑 無色結晶紫 (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.40 0.90 - 0.40 0.66 0.60 0.50 N-苯基甘胺酸 (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.20 - 1.00 - - - 0.50 著色劑 (色素) 亮綠 (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) - 0.05 0.05 0.05 - 0.02 0.02 防鏽劑 CBT-1 (JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD) 0.10 - 0.05 0.03 0.03 - 0.10 兩種苯并三唑化合物 的混合物 - 0.14 0.05 - - 0.10 0.10 聚合抑制劑 TDP-G (Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Co., LTD.) 0.30 0.10 - - - - - Irganox245 (BASF公司) - - 0.20 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.10 N-亞硝基苯基羥 胺鋁鹽 (FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) - - 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 抗氧化劑 菲尼酮 (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.01 0.01 0.01 - - - - 界面活性劑 F-552 (DIC Corporation) 0.29 0.30 0.13 - - - - [Table 1] Ingredients [unit of value: parts by mass] Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Example 6 Comparative example 1 Polymer A Polymer A-1 - 55.00 - 62.20 - - - Polymer A-2 50.00 - - - - 51.00 25.00 Polymer A-3 - - 52.00 - 59.20 - 25.00 Polymeric compound B SR-480 (ARKEMA KK Japan) 36.20 20.20 7.40 - 27.00 15.00 16.00 BPE-200 (SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.) - 9.80 - 20.00 - 10.00 - 2-functional methacrylate - - 10.00 - - - 10.00 M-270 (TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) 5.00 - - - - - - A-TMPT (SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.) - 10.00 10.00 6.00 - 5.00 - SR-454 (ARKEMA KK Japan) - - 15.00 9.00 - 5.00 - SR-502 (ARKEMA KK Japan) - - - - 4.00 - - A-9300-CL1 (SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO, LTD.) - - - - 7.80 9.77 18.37 Photopolymerization initiator 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 7.00 3.00 3.80 1.90 1.10 3.00 4.00 Sensitizer 4,4'-bis(diethylamine)benzophenone (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.50 0.50 0.30 0.30 0.10 0.30 0.30 Chain transfer agent Colorless Crystal Violet (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.40 0.90 - 0.40 0.66 0.60 0.50 N-Phenylglycine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.20 - 1.00 - - - 0.50 Coloring agent (pigment) Bright Green (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) - 0.05 0.05 0.05 - 0.02 0.02 Rust inhibitor CBT-1 (JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD) 0.10 - 0.05 0.03 0.03 - 0.10 Mixture of two benzotriazole compounds - 0.14 0.05 - - 0.10 0.10 Polymerization inhibitor TDP-G (Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Co., LTD.) 0.30 0.10 - - - - - Irganox245 (BASF company) - - 0.20 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.10 N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt (FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) - - 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 Antioxidants Fenidone (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.01 0.01 0.01 - - - - Surfactant F-552 (DIC Corporation) 0.29 0.30 0.13 - - - -

在表1中,“-”係表示使用量為0質量份。In Table 1, "-" means that the usage amount is 0 parts by mass.

在表1中,“2官能甲基丙烯酸酯”係表示在雙酚A的兩端分別加成有平均15莫耳的環氧乙烷和平均2莫耳的環氧丙烷之聚乙二醇的二甲基丙烯酸酯。In Table 1, "2-functional methacrylate" refers to polyethylene glycol with an average of 15 mol of ethylene oxide and an average of 2 mol of propylene oxide added to both ends of bisphenol A. Dimethacrylate.

在表1中,“兩種苯并三唑化合物的混合物”係表示1-(2-二-正丁基胺基甲基)-5-羧基苯并三唑和1-(2-二-正丁基胺基甲基)-6-羧基苯并三唑的混合物。1-(2-二-正丁基胺基甲基)-5-羧基苯并三唑與1-(2-二-正丁基胺基甲基)-6-羧基苯并三唑的質量比係1:1。In Table 1, "a mixture of two benzotriazole compounds" means 1-(2-di-n-butylaminomethyl)-5-carboxybenzotriazole and 1-(2-di-n Butylaminomethyl)-6-carboxybenzotriazole mixture. The mass ratio of 1-(2-di-n-butylaminomethyl)-5-carboxybenzotriazole to 1-(2-di-n-butylaminomethyl)-6-carboxybenzotriazole The system is 1:1.

(感光性轉印材料的製作) 作為偽支撐體,準備了PET膜(TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.、Lumirror 16KS40、厚度:16μm、算術平均粗糙度Ra:0.02μm)。使用狹縫狀噴嘴在偽支撐體的表面上以塗佈寬度成為1.0m且乾燥後的厚度成為8.0μm之方式塗佈了感光性樹脂組成物。將形成之感光性樹脂組成物的塗膜在90℃下歷時100秒鐘進行乾燥,藉此形成了感光性樹脂層。在形成之感光性樹脂層的表面壓接聚乙烯膜(TAMAPOLY CO., LTD.、GF-818、厚度:19μm)作為覆蓋膜,藉此製作出感光性轉印材料。捲取所得之感光性轉印材料,藉此製作出卷形態的感光性轉印材料。(Production of photosensitive transfer material) As a pseudo support, a PET film (TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC., Lumirror 16KS40, thickness: 16 μm, arithmetic average roughness Ra: 0.02 μm) was prepared. The photosensitive resin composition was applied on the surface of the dummy support using a slit-shaped nozzle so that the application width became 1.0 m and the thickness after drying became 8.0 μm. The formed coating film of the photosensitive resin composition was dried at 90° C. for 100 seconds, thereby forming a photosensitive resin layer. A polyethylene film (TAMAPOLY CO., LTD., GF-818, thickness: 19μm) was crimped on the surface of the formed photosensitive resin layer as a cover film to produce a photosensitive transfer material. The obtained photosensitive transfer material is rolled to produce a roll-shaped photosensitive transfer material.

<酚性化合物的定量> 將從感光性轉印材料收集之100mg感光性樹脂層溶解於1g四氫呋喃中。在所得之混合物中添加1g超純水,用超音波處理10分鐘之後,使用孔徑為0.45μm之膜過濾器進行過濾。藉由高效液相色譜法(HPLC)測定了濾液中所含之酚性化合物的含有比例。以下示出測定條件。依據測定結果,求出感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例。將測定結果示於表2。 (1)測定設備:SHIMADZU 20A(Shimadzu Corporation) (2)管柱:TOSOH TSKgel ODS-80Ts(4.6mm×15cm、粒徑:5μm) (3)溫度:40℃ (4)注入量:19μL (5)流速:1mL/分 (6)洗提液:液體A和液體B的混合液[液體A/液體B(體積比)=20/80、液體A:四氫呋喃、液體B:離子交換水(998體積%)、磷酸(1體積%)及三乙胺(1體積%)的混合物(離子交換水/磷酸/三乙胺(體積比)=998/1/1)]<Quantification of phenolic compounds> 100 mg of the photosensitive resin layer collected from the photosensitive transfer material was dissolved in 1 g of tetrahydrofuran. 1 g of ultrapure water was added to the resulting mixture, and after ultrasonic treatment for 10 minutes, it was filtered using a membrane filter with a pore size of 0.45 μm. The content ratio of phenolic compounds in the filtrate was measured by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). The measurement conditions are shown below. Based on the measurement result, the content ratio of the phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer was determined. The measurement results are shown in Table 2. (1) Measuring equipment: SHIMADZU 20A (Shimadzu Corporation) (2) Column: TOSOH TSKgel ODS-80Ts (4.6mm×15cm, particle size: 5μm) (3) Temperature: 40℃ (4) Injection volume: 19μL (5) Flow rate: 1mL/min (6) Eluent: a mixture of liquid A and liquid B [liquid A/liquid B (volume ratio) = 20/80, liquid A: tetrahydrofuran, liquid B: ion exchange water (998 vol%), phosphoric acid (1 The mixture of volume %) and triethylamine (1 volume %) (ion exchange water/phosphoric acid/triethylamine (volume ratio)=998/1/1)]

<側蝕量的評價> (持續放置3小時後的側蝕量(A)) 藉由濺射法在厚度為188μm之PET膜上形成厚度為500nm之銅層,藉此製作出帶銅層之PET基板。在以下層合條件下,在帶銅層之PET基板上貼合感光性轉印材料之後,靜置了3小時。 (1)壓接滾子的溫度:120℃ (2)線壓:1.0MPa (3)線速度:0.5m/分<Evaluation of the amount of side erosion> (The amount of side erosion after 3 hours of continuous placement (A)) A copper layer with a thickness of 500 nm was formed on a PET film with a thickness of 188 μm by a sputtering method, thereby fabricating a PET substrate with a copper layer. Under the following lamination conditions, the photosensitive transfer material was laminated on the PET substrate with a copper layer, and then it was allowed to stand for 3 hours. (1) The temperature of the crimping roller: 120℃ (2) Line pressure: 1.0MPa (3) Linear speed: 0.5m/min

3小時後,在未剝離偽支撐體之情況下,經由用於形成線寬為10μm之線與空間圖案之遮罩(Duty比=1:1)對感光性樹脂層進行了曝光。將超高壓水銀燈用作曝光光源。曝光量係在藉由顯影形成之樹脂圖案的線寬成為10μm之範圍內進行了調節。After 3 hours, without peeling off the dummy support, the photosensitive resin layer was exposed through a mask (Duty ratio=1:1) for forming a line and space pattern with a line width of 10 μm. An ultra-high pressure mercury lamp is used as the light source for exposure. The exposure amount was adjusted within a range where the line width of the resin pattern formed by development became 10 μm.

從感光性樹脂層的表面剝離偽支撐體,並將感光性樹脂層進行了顯影。具體而言,使用25℃的1.0質量%碳酸鈉水溶液進行了30秒鐘淋浴顯影。The dummy support was peeled off from the surface of the photosensitive resin layer, and the photosensitive resin layer was developed. Specifically, shower development was performed for 30 seconds using a 1.0% by mass sodium carbonate aqueous solution at 25°C.

使用銅蝕刻液(Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.、Cu-02)對銅層進行了蝕刻處理。具體而言,在27℃下進行了40秒鐘淋浴蝕刻。The copper layer was etched using a copper etching solution (Kanto Chemical Co., Inc., Cu-02). Specifically, shower etching was performed at 27°C for 40 seconds.

使用剝離液(Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.、KP-301)剝離了殘留之樹脂圖案。使用光學顯微鏡測定了所得之銅圖案的線寬。作為側蝕量(A),評價了線寬的目標值亦即10μm與線寬的測定值之差。將評價結果示於表2。The remaining resin pattern was peeled off with a peeling solution (Kanto Chemical Co., Inc., KP-301). The line width of the obtained copper pattern was measured using an optical microscope. As the undercut amount (A), the target value of the line width, that is, the difference between 10 μm and the measured value of the line width was evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.

(持續放置3天後的側蝕量(B)) 將持續放置時間從3小時變更為3天,除此之外,藉由與上述“持續放置3小時後的側蝕量”的評價方法相同的步驟評價了側蝕量(B)。將評價結果示於表2。(The amount of side erosion after 3 days of continuous placement (B)) Except that the continuous storage time was changed from 3 hours to 3 days, the amount of side erosion (B) was evaluated by the same procedure as the above-mentioned evaluation method of "the amount of side erosion after 3 hours of continuous storage". The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.

(變化量) 求出持續放置3小時後的側蝕量(A)與持續放置3天後的側蝕量(B)之差(亦即,是指由(B)-(A)求出之值。以下,有時稱為“變化量”。)。將評價結果示於表2。能夠實際使用之變化量係0.5μm以下。(The amount of change) Calculate the difference between the amount of side erosion (A) after continuous storage for 3 hours and the amount of side erosion (B) after continuous storage for 3 days (that is, the value obtained from (B)-(A). Below, Sometimes called "variation".). The evaluation results are shown in Table 2. The amount of change that can be actually used is 0.5μm or less.

<剝離性的評價> 將捲取成卷狀之感光性轉印材料在25℃下保管了3個月。接著,在饋送感光性轉印材料之後,從感光性轉印材料剝離了覆蓋膜。用肉眼觀察剝離覆蓋膜之狀況,並依據以下基準評價了剝離性。將評價結果示於表2。 A:從感光性轉印材料僅正常剝離覆蓋膜。 B:在偽支撐體與感光性樹脂層之間產生了剝離。<Evaluation of peelability> The photosensitive transfer material wound into a roll was stored at 25°C for 3 months. Next, after the photosensitive transfer material was fed, the cover film was peeled off from the photosensitive transfer material. The condition of the peeling cover film was observed with the naked eye, and the peelability was evaluated based on the following criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2. A: Only the cover film is normally peeled off from the photosensitive transfer material. B: Peeling occurred between the dummy support and the photosensitive resin layer.

[表2]   分子量為300以下之 酚性化合物的含有比例 [ppm] 側蝕量 [μm] 剝離性 BHT HQ IA MEHQ TBC 合計 (A) 持續放置時間: 3小時 (B) 持續放置時間: 3天 (B)-(A) 實施例1 0 1 0 10 2 13 1.0 1.1 0.1 A 實施例2 0 0 0 12 7 19 1.1 1.2 0.1 A 實施例3 3 0 0 5 0 8 0.9 1.0 0.1 A 實施例4 0 2 0 5 2 9 0.8 1.0 0.2 A 實施例5 0 2 0 9 0 11 1.0 1.1 0.1 A 實施例6 0 50 0 189 8 247 1.1 1.5 0.4 A 比較例1 0 0 2 325 5 332 1.2 2.0 0.8 B [Table 2] The content ratio of phenolic compounds with a molecular weight of 300 or less [ppm] Amount of side erosion [μm] Peelability BHT HQ IA MEHQ TBC total (A) Continuous storage time: 3 hours (B) Continuous placement time: 3 days (B)-(A) Example 1 0 1 0 10 2 13 1.0 1.1 0.1 A Example 2 0 0 0 12 7 19 1.1 1.2 0.1 A Example 3 3 0 0 5 0 8 0.9 1.0 0.1 A Example 4 0 2 0 5 2 9 0.8 1.0 0.2 A Example 5 0 2 0 9 0 11 1.0 1.1 0.1 A Example 6 0 50 0 189 8 247 1.1 1.5 0.4 A Comparative example 1 0 0 2 325 5 332 1.2 2.0 0.8 B

表2中以下縮寫係分別具有以下含義。 “BHT”:3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基甲苯(分子量:220) “HQ”:氫醌(分子量:110) “IA”:2-第三丁基-4,6-二甲基苯酚(分子量:178) “MEHQ”:4-甲氧基苯酚(分子量:124) “TBC”:4-第三丁基兒茶酚(分子量:166)The following abbreviations in Table 2 respectively have the following meanings. "BHT": 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene (molecular weight: 220) "HQ": Hydroquinone (Molecular Weight: 110) "IA": 2-tert-butyl-4,6-dimethylphenol (molecular weight: 178) "MEHQ": 4-Methoxyphenol (Molecular Weight: 124) "TBC": 4-tertiary butylcatechol (molecular weight: 166)

表2係表示以下結果。實施例1~6中的變化量(亦即,持續放置3小時後的側蝕量(A)與持續放置3天後的側蝕量(B)之差)係小於比較例1的變化量。因此,實施例1~6的伴隨層合後的持續放置時間的經過之側蝕量係小於比較例1的側蝕量。Table 2 shows the following results. The amount of change in Examples 1 to 6 (that is, the difference between the amount of side erosion (A) after continuous storage for 3 hours and the amount of side erosion (B) after continuous storage for 3 days) is smaller than that of Comparative Example 1. Therefore, the amount of side erosion accompanying the elapse of the continuous standing time after lamination of Examples 1 to 6 is smaller than that of Comparative Example 1.

於2020年3月2日申請之日本專利申請2020-034792號的揭示整體藉由參閱引用於本說明書中。本說明書中記載之所有文獻、專利申請及技術標準係可以與具體且分別記載藉由參閱引用各文獻、專利申請及技術標準之情況相同程度地藉由參閱引用於本說明書中。The entire disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-034792 filed on March 2, 2020 is incorporated in this specification by reference. All the documents, patent applications, and technical standards described in this specification can be cited in this specification by reference to the same extent as the cases where each document, patent application, and technical standards are specifically and separately described by reference.

10:偽支撐體 12:感光性樹脂層 14:覆蓋膜 100:感光性轉印材料10: Pseudo support 12: Photosensitive resin layer 14: Cover film 100: photosensitive transfer material

圖1係顯示出感光性轉印材料的構成的一例之概要圖。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the structure of the photosensitive transfer material.

10:偽支撐體 10: Pseudo support

12:感光性樹脂層 12: Photosensitive resin layer

14:覆蓋膜 14: Cover film

100:感光性轉印材料 100: photosensitive transfer material

Claims (6)

一種感光性轉印材料,其係具有: 偽支撐體;及 含有鹼可溶性高分子、含乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物及光聚合起始劑之感光性樹脂層, 前述感光性樹脂層中分子量為300以下之酚性化合物的含有比例相對於前述感光性樹脂層的總質量為300ppm以下。A photosensitive transfer material, which has: Pseudo support; and A photosensitive resin layer containing alkali-soluble polymer, ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing compound and photopolymerization initiator, The content ratio of the phenolic compound having a molecular weight of 300 or less in the photosensitive resin layer is 300 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive resin layer. 如請求項1所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 前述酚性化合物的含有比例相對於前述感光性樹脂層的總質量為200ppm以下。The photosensitive transfer material according to claim 1, wherein The content rate of the said phenolic compound is 200 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the said photosensitive resin layer. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 前述酚性化合物的含有比例相對於前述感光性樹脂層的總質量為100ppm以下。The photosensitive transfer material according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content rate of the said phenolic compound is 100 ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the said photosensitive resin layer. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 前述酚性化合物含有由下述式(1)表示之酚性化合物,
Figure 03_image001
式(1)中,R1 、R2 、R3 、R4 及R5 係分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數為1~6之烷基、羥基或碳數為1~6之烷氧基。
The photosensitive transfer material according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the phenolic compound contains a phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1),
Figure 03_image001
In formula (1), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons .
如請求項1或請求項2所述之感光性轉印材料,其中 前述酚性化合物含有選自由以下酚性化合物組成之群組中之至少一種:由下述式(1-1)表示之酚性化合物、由下述式(1-2)表示之酚性化合物、由下述式(1-3)表示之酚性化合物、由下述式(1-4)表示之酚性化合物及由下述式(1-5)表示之酚性化合物,
Figure 03_image014
The photosensitive transfer material according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the aforementioned phenolic compound contains at least one selected from the group consisting of the following phenolic compounds: a phenol represented by the following formula (1-1) Compound, phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1-2), phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1-3), phenolic compound represented by the following formula (1-4), and The phenolic compound represented by the formula (1-5),
Figure 03_image014
.
一種電路配線的製造方法,其係包括: 準備依序具有基材、導電層及使用如請求項1至請求項5之任一項所述之感光性轉印材料形成之樹脂圖案之積層體之步驟;及 對在前述積層體中存在於未配置前述樹脂圖案之區域之前述導電層進行蝕刻處理之步驟。A method for manufacturing circuit wiring includes: The step of preparing a laminate having a substrate, a conductive layer, and a resin pattern formed using the photosensitive transfer material described in any one of claims 1 to 5 in sequence; and The step of etching the conductive layer in the region where the resin pattern is not arranged in the laminate.
TW110100688A 2020-03-02 2021-01-08 Photosensitive transfer material and method for producing circuit wiring TW202136062A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020034792 2020-03-02
JP2020-034792 2020-03-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202136062A true TW202136062A (en) 2021-10-01

Family

ID=77613195

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110100688A TW202136062A (en) 2020-03-02 2021-01-08 Photosensitive transfer material and method for producing circuit wiring

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7455955B2 (en)
TW (1) TW202136062A (en)
WO (1) WO2021176812A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007093796A (en) 2005-09-27 2007-04-12 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming material, pattern forming apparatus and pattern forming method
WO2009133817A1 (en) 2008-04-28 2009-11-05 日立化成工業株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive element, method for forming resist pattern, and method for manufacturing printed wiring board
CN102037406A (en) 2008-06-02 2011-04-27 日立化成工业株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive element, resist pattern manufacturing method, and printed circuit board manufacturing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7455955B2 (en) 2024-03-26
JPWO2021176812A1 (en) 2021-09-10
WO2021176812A1 (en) 2021-09-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021033451A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer member, circuit wiring-manufacturing method, and touch panel-manufacturing method
TW202134289A (en) Photosensitive transfer material and method for producing circuit wiring
WO2021199542A1 (en) Light-sensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
JP7342246B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2022044963A1 (en) Transfer film, laminate manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP2021128178A (en) Method for producing resin pattern, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, method for manufacturing touch panel, and photosensitive transfer member
TW202136062A (en) Photosensitive transfer material and method for producing circuit wiring
JP7479482B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2021157525A1 (en) Resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, touch panel manufacturing method, and photosensitive transfer member
WO2021220980A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
WO2022059418A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
JP7332780B2 (en) Photosensitive film and method for producing photosensitive film
JP7416910B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and temporary support for photosensitive transfer material
WO2022163301A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
JP7321388B2 (en) Information giving method, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2022054374A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, production method for resin pattern, production method for circuit wiring, and production method for electronic device
WO2022138578A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022181455A1 (en) Transfer film, and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022138577A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP2024036431A (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
JP2023007384A (en) Laminate, transfer film, patterning method, and method for producing circuit wiring
JP2024063054A (en) Photosensitive transfer member, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
TW202236008A (en) Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring, transfer film
TW202229012A (en) Transfer material and production method of laminate body
JP2022156251A (en) Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing laminate having conductive pattern